summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/66321-h/66321-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 16:54:54 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 16:54:54 -0800
commitbaa4eb2f6a8fb783227d7e0b5f9263e92e857c5e (patch)
treee6d7e8952d8d93558584f55c8353cf5ae7c546c3 /old/66321-h/66321-h.htm
parenta9f55344043f9be55f2583918eb72519f1b0f622 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
Diffstat (limited to 'old/66321-h/66321-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--old/66321-h/66321-h.htm7355
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7355 deletions
diff --git a/old/66321-h/66321-h.htm b/old/66321-h/66321-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index a2740e3..0000000
--- a/old/66321-h/66321-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7355 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of Rachel and the Seven Wonders , by Netta Syrett&mdash;A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
- h1,h2,h3 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
-}
-
-h1 {page-break-before: always;}
-
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
-}
-
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
-
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
-
-
-table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
-}
-table.autotable { border-collapse: collapse; }
-table.autotable td,
-table.autotable th { padding: 4px; }
-
-.tdl {text-align: left;}
-.tdr {text-align: right;}
-.tdc {text-align: center;}
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
- font-style: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.right {text-align: right;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
-
-.u {text-decoration: underline;}
-
-.gesperrt
-{
- letter-spacing: 0.2em;
- margin-right: -0.2em;
-}
-
-em.gesperrt
-{
- font-style: normal;
-}
-
-.caption {font-weight: bold;}
-
-/* Images */
-
-img {
- max-width: 100%;
- height: auto;
-}
-img.w100 {width: 100%;}
-
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- max-width: 100%;
-}
-
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom:5em;
- font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
-
-/* Illustration classes */
-.illowe125 {width: 125em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe125 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe137_4375 {width: 137.4375em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe137_4375 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe40_625 {width: 40.625em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe40_625 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe43_75 {width: 43.75em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe43_75 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe45_3125 {width: 45.3125em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe45_3125 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe46_875 {width: 46.875em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe46_875 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe50 {width: 50em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe50 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe53_125 {width: 53.125em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe53_125 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe55 {width: 55em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe55 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe56_25 {width: 56.25em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe56_25 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe62_5 {width: 62.5em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe62_5 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe63_0625 {width: 63.0625em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe63_0625 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe65_625 {width: 65.625em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe65_625 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe68_75 {width: 68.75em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe68_75 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe75 {width: 75em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe75 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe75_375 {width: 75.375em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe75_375 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe76_375 {width: 76.375em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe76_375 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe78_5 {width: 78.5em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe78_5 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe83_25 {width: 83.25em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe83_25 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowe90_625 {width: 90.625em;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowe90_625 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp100 {width: 100%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp100 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp53 {width: 53%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp53 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp54 {width: 54%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp54 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp55 {width: 55%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp55 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp57 {width: 57%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp57 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp62 {width: 62%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp62 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp77 {width: 77%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp77 {width: 100%;}
-
-.illowp84 {width: 84%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp84 {width: 100%;}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Rachel and the Seven Wonders, by Netta Syrett</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Rachel and the Seven Wonders</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Netta Syrett</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: Joyce Mercer</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: September 17, 2021 [eBook #66321]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: MWS, Shaun Mudd and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RACHEL AND THE SEVEN WONDERS ***</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe45_3125" id="cover">
- <img class="w100" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp54" id="i_frontis" style="max-width: 138.25em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_frontis.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>THE STATUE IN THE HARBOUR</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<h1>RACHEL <span class="allsmcap">AND THE</span> <br />
-SEVEN WONDERS</h1>
-
-<p class="center"><big><span class="allsmcap">BY</span> NETTA SYRETT</big><br />
-ILLUSTRATED BY JOYCE MERCER</p>
-
-<p class="center"><big>FREDERICK A. STOKES COMPANY <br />
-PUBLISHERS&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NEW YORK</big></p>
-
-<p class="center">PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA</p>
-
-<p class="center">TO ROBIN</p>
-
-<h2 class="center">CONTENTS</h2>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span></p>
-
-<table class="autotable" summary="">
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><i>Page</i></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#FIRST_WONDER">FIRST WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_013">THE GREAT PYRAMID</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#SECOND_WONDER">SECOND WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_033">THE HANGING GARDENS OF BABYLON</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#THIRD_WONDER">THIRD WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_055">THE COLOSSUS OF RHODES</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#FOURTH_WONDER">FOURTH WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_079">THE TEMPLE OF DIANA</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#FIFTH_WONDER">FIFTH WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_109">THE MAUSOLEUM OF ARTEMISIA</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#SIXTH_WONDER">SIXTH WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_129">THE LIGHTHOUSE OF ALEXANDRIA</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#SEVENTH_WONDER">SEVENTH WONDER</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_146">THE STATUE OF JUPITER OLYMPIUS</a></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="center">LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
-
-<table class="autotable" summary="">
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_frontis">The Statue in the Harbour</a> (<i>Colour</i>)</td>
-<td class="tdl"> </td>
-<td class="tdr"><i>Frontispiece</i>.</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_016fp">The Rosetta Stone</a> (<i>Colour</i>)</td>
-<td class="tdc"><i>To face page</i></td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_16">16</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_023">Pharaoh in his Chariot</a></td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_075">‘It will last for ever’</a></td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_74">74</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_088fp">A little boy walked in front of the procession</a> (<i>Colour</i>)</td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_101">‘This is Diana of the Ephesians’</a></td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_100">100</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_115">They had a glimpse of the City</a></td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_114">114</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_136fp">The Pharos Lighthouse</a> (<i>Colour</i>)</td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_136">136</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdl"><a href="#i_160fp">The Olympic Games</a> (<i>Colour</i>)</td>
-<td class="tdc">" "</td>
-<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_160">160</a></td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span></p>
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="FIRST_WONDER">FIRST WONDER<br />
-THE GREAT PYRAMID</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_013" style="max-width: 82.5em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_013.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Rachel was a very unhappy little girl as she sat in an omnibus
-with Miss Moore, on her way to the British Museum. She didn’t
-want to go to the British Museum. She didn’t want to be in
-London at all. She longed desperately to be back in her country
-home with her father and mother&mdash;now, alas! far away in
-Egypt.</p>
-
-<p>Everything as Rachel said had happened so suddenly.
-Certainly her mother had been ill some time, but it was all
-at once decided that the only possible place to send her little
-daughter in a hurry, was to Aunt Hester, in London.</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Hester, who was her father’s eldest sister, and in the
-eyes of Rachel, at least, awfully old, was quite kind, but also,
-as she admitted, quite unused to children. The first thing she
-did therefore, was to engage a governess to look after her niece
-for the seven weeks she would have to remain with her.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Moore, a rather uninteresting, middle-aged lady, had
-duly arrived the previous evening, and at breakfast time Aunt
-Hester had suggested the British Museum as a suitable place to
-which Rachel might be conducted.</p>
-
-<p>“She’s never been to London before, and, though I don’t want
-her to sit too long over lessons, I think she should improve her<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span>
-mind while she is here. The British Museum is an education in
-itself,” declared Aunt Hester, and Miss Moore had primly agreed.</p>
-
-<p>So it happened that at eleven o’clock on a bright spring morning,
-a secretly unwilling little girl climbed the steps leading to the
-great entrance of the great museum. The pigeons on the
-steps reminded her of the dovecote at home, and the tears came
-suddenly to her eyes, as almost without thinking she counted
-the number of birds on the top step.</p>
-
-<p>“Seven,” she murmured half aloud.</p>
-
-<p>“Seven what?” asked Miss Moore.</p>
-
-<p>“Seven pigeons on this step. Aren’t they pretty?” Rachel
-lingered to look at the burnished shining necks. She would much
-rather have stayed outside with the pigeons, but Miss Moore
-hurried on to the swing doors, and Rachel was obliged to follow
-her into the huge building.</p>
-
-<p>“What do they keep here?” she asked listlessly, when Miss
-Moore had given up her umbrella to a man behind a counter, just
-inside.</p>
-
-<p>“All sorts of things,” returned her governess vaguely. “It’s
-a <i>museum</i>, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was not very much the wiser but, as she walked with
-Miss Moore from one great hall to another, she was confused and
-wearied by the number of things of which she had glimpses.
-There were rows of statues, cases full of strange objects, monuments
-in stone all covered with carvings; curious pictures on the
-walls. Indeed, there <i>were</i> “all sorts of things” in the British
-Museum! But, as she knew nothing about any of them, and Miss
-Moore volunteered very little information, she was yawning with
-boredom by the time her governess remarked:</p>
-
-<p>“Now, <i>these</i> things come from Egypt.”</p>
-
-<p>For the first time Rachel pricked up her ears. Mother and
-Dad were now in Egypt, and as she glanced at the long stone
-things like tombs, at drawings and models and a thousand other
-incomprehensible objects all round her, she wished she knew
-something about them. Instead of saying so, however, and
-almost without thinking, she murmured, “This is the seventh<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span>
-room we’ve come to. I’ve counted them.”</p>
-
-<p>“This is the famous <i>Rosetta</i> Stone,” observed Miss Moore,
-reading an inscription at the foot of a dull-looking broken block
-of marble in front of them.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel yawned for the seventh time with such vigour that her
-eyes closed, and when she opened them a queer-looking little old
-man was bending over the big block.</p>
-
-<p>“What is the date of the month?” he asked so suddenly
-that she started violently.</p>
-
-<p>“Let me see. The seventh, I think. Yes&mdash;the seventh,”
-she stammered, raising her eyes to his face.</p>
-
-<p>He was so muffled up, that nearly all Rachel could see of him
-was a pair of very large dark eyes, under a curious-looking hat.
-He wore a long cloak reaching to his heels, and one end of the
-cloak was flung over his left shoulder almost concealing his face.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel scarcely knew why she thought him so old, except
-perhaps, that his figure seemed to be much bent.</p>
-
-<p>“Quite right. It’s the seventh,” he returned. “And what’s
-the name of your house?”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel looked round for Miss Moore, who strangely enough
-was still reading the inscription on the stone, and seemed to be
-paying no attention to the old man’s questions.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s called ‘The Seven Gables,’” she answered.</p>
-
-<p>“And where are you living now?”</p>
-
-<p>“At number seven Cranborough Terrace.”</p>
-
-<p>“And your name is <i>Rachel</i>. Do you read your Bible? How
-many years did Jacob work for his wife?”</p>
-
-<p>“He waited for her seven years. And her name was Rachel,”
-she exclaimed, forgetting to wonder why Miss Moore didn’t
-interfere, or join in a conversation which was becoming so
-interesting.</p>
-
-<p>“The <i>seventh</i> of the month, and the Seven Gables, and <i>seven</i>
-years for Rachel&mdash;and, why, there were <i>seven</i> pigeons just outside
-as I came in, and this is the seventh room we’ve come to. Because
-I counted them. I don’t know why&mdash;but I did. What a
-lot of sevens.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Can you think of any other sevens in your life?” asked the
-little old man, quietly.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, yes!” she answered, excitedly. “There are seven
-of us. All grown up except me. And I’m the seventh child,
-and the youngest!”</p>
-
-<p>“Seven is a magic number, you know,” said her companion,
-gravely.</p>
-
-<p>“Is it? Really and truly?” asked Rachel. “Oh, I do love
-hearing about magic things! But I thought there weren’t any
-now?”</p>
-
-<p>“On the contrary, the world is full of them. Take this, for
-instance.” He pointed to the broken marble block. “That’s
-a magic stone.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel gazed at it reverently. “What does it do?” she
-asked almost in a whisper.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a gate into the Past,” returned the old man in a dreamy
-voice. “But come now,” he went on more briskly, “can we
-remember any more sevens? You begin.”</p>
-
-<p>“There are seven days in the week,” said Rachel, trying to
-think, though she was longing to ask more about the magic stone.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s the seven-branched candlestick in the Bible,” the
-old man went on, promptly.</p>
-
-<p>“And the seven ears of corn and the seven thin cows that
-Pharaoh dreamt about,” returned Rachel, entering into the spirit
-of the game.</p>
-
-<p>“The story of the Seven Sleepers.”</p>
-
-<p>“The Seven Champions of Christendom,” added Rachel, who had
-just read the book. “Oh, there are thousands of sevens. I can
-think of lots more in a minute.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s my turn now,” was the old man’s answer. “The Seven
-Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>“I never heard of them. What are they?” Rachel demanded.</p>
-
-<p>Again the old man pointed to the stone. “That gateway
-would lead you to one of them,” he said, quietly, “if, as I’m beginning
-to think, you’re one of the lucky children.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp54" id="i_016fp" style="max-width: 104.125em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_016fp.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>THE ROSETTA STONE</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Do lucky children have a lot to do with <i>seven</i>? Because
-if so, I ought to be one, oughtn’t I? It’s funny I never thought
-about it before, but there’s a seven in everything that has to do
-with me! And&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll try,” interrupted the little old man. “Shut your
-eyes and bow seven times in the direction of this stone. Never
-mind this lady”&mdash;for Rachel had quite suddenly remembered
-the curious silence of her governess. “She won’t miss you. You
-may do as I tell you without fear.”</p>
-
-<p>Casting one hasty glance at Miss Moore, who had moved to a
-little distance and was just consulting her watch, Rachel, full of
-excited wonder, obeyed. Seven times she bent her head with
-fast-closed eyes, and opened them only when her companion called
-softly “<i>Now.</i>”</p>
-
-<p>Even before she opened them, Rachel was conscious of a
-delicious warmth like that of a hot midsummer day. A moment
-ago she had felt very chilly standing before the marble block Miss
-Moore called the <i>Rosetta</i> Stone, in a big, gloomy hall of the British
-Museum. How could it so suddenly have become warm?</p>
-
-<p>In a second the question was answered, for she stood under
-a sky blue as the deepest blue flower, and the glorious sun lighted
-a scene so wonderful that Rachel gave a scream of astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we?” she gasped.</p>
-
-<p>“In the mighty and mysterious land of Egypt,” answered
-her companion, “as it appeared thousands of years before the
-birth of Christ.”</p>
-
-<p>His tone was so solemn that Rachel turned quickly to look
-at him, and, wonder of wonders, no old man was by her side!
-A dark-skinned youth stood there, dressed in a curious but beautiful
-robe with strange designs embroidered on its hem, and a no less
-strange head-dress, from which gold coins fell in a fringe upon
-his forehead.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh!” cried Rachel, when she could speak for amazement.
-“You were old just now. I don’t understand. Who are you?”
-she added, in confusion.</p>
-
-<p>The young man smiled, showing a row of beautiful white teeth.
-“My name is Sheshà. I <i>am</i> old,” he said. “Very, very old.”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span>
-He pointed to a great object at which, so far, in her astonishment,
-Rachel had scarcely had time to glance. “I was born before
-<i>that</i> was quite finished&mdash;six thousand years ago.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel gasped again.</p>
-
-<p>“But you look younger than my brother, and <i>he’s</i> only twenty,”
-she exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>“In returning to the land of my birth I return also to the age
-I was when I lived in it.... But now, little maid of To-day,
-look around you, for there stands, as it stood six thousand years
-ago, one of the Seven Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel obeyed and gazed upon a huge building with a broad
-base, tapering almost to a point, whose walls were of smooth
-polished stones of enormous size. Only a moment previously she
-had glanced carelessly at pictures of buildings like this one, but
-now, as she saw it rising before her in all its grandeur out of the
-yellow sand, and under a canopy of blue sky, she almost held her
-breath.</p>
-
-<p>“It is a pyramid, isn’t it?” she whispered. “I’ve seen pictures
-of pyramids, but I don’t know anything about them.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is the first great pyramid of Egypt,” answered the young
-man. “And, little maid, you are highly favoured, for you see
-it as it looked nearly six thousand years ago. It was already old
-when Joseph was in Egypt, and Moses saw it when he lived in the
-palace of Pharaoh’s daughter.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel gasped. “But what is it? What is it built for?”
-she asked.</p>
-
-<p>“For the tomb of a king. That pyramid&mdash;” he pointed towards
-it&mdash;“was built by the great King Cheops, and because you
-are one of the fortunate children of the magic number seven, you
-see one of the Seven Wonders of the World as it stood fresh from
-the workers’ hands.”</p>
-
-<p>“Dad is in Egypt now. <i>He</i> doesn’t see it like this then?”</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà smiled. “Nay. He has already approached the
-Wonder in an electric car&mdash;like all the other travellers of to-day,
-and instead of these walls of granite which you behold, graven
-over with letters and strange figures, he has seen great rough steps.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Steps?” echoed Rachel. “Why are there <i>steps</i> up the
-side now?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because beneath these smooth walls the pyramid is built
-of gigantic blocks of stone, and now that their covering has been
-removed, the blocks look like steps which can be, and <i>are</i> climbed
-by people who live in the world to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>“But why was its beautiful shining case taken off?” Rachel
-asked, looking with curiosity at the carving upon it.</p>
-
-<p>“Because in the course of long years the people of other nations
-who conquered Egypt and had no respect for my wondrous land,
-broke up the ‘beautiful shining case,’ to quote your own words,
-little maid, and used it for building temples in which they worshipped
-gods strange and new.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel glanced again at her companion. She was still so bewildered
-that she scarcely knew which she should ask first of the
-hundred questions crowding to her mind. And then everything
-around her was so strange and beautiful! The yellow sand
-of the desert, the blue sky, the burning sun, the long strip of fertile
-land bordering a great river.</p>
-
-<p>“That must be the Nile,” she thought, remembering her geography.
-“The Nile is in Egypt.”</p>
-
-<p>Just as though he read her thoughts, Sheshà again broke silence.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you wonder that we worshipped the river in those far-off
-days?” he asked, dreamily.</p>
-
-<p>“Did you? Why?” Rachel gazed at him curiously.</p>
-
-<p>“It was, and is, the life-giver,” returned Sheshà. “But for
-that river, there would never have been any food in this land. And
-therefore no cities, no temples, no pyramids, no great schools of
-learning as there were here in ancient days when Moses was ‘learnèd
-in all the wisdom of the Egyptians.’”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, but how could the river make the corn grow, and give
-you food?” asked Rachel. “I thought it was the <i>rain</i> that
-made things grow.”</p>
-
-<p>“In Egypt rain does not fall. But the river, this wondrous
-river of ours, does the work of rain. Once every year it overflows
-its banks, and the thirsty land is watered, and what would<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span>
-otherwise be all desert, like the yellow sand you see that is not
-reached by the flood, becomes green with waving corn, and shady
-palm trees, and beautiful with fruit and flowers. Yes, no wonder
-we worshipped our river.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel would like to have asked him how the river was worshipped,
-but Sheshà seemed rather to be talking to himself than
-to her, and there was such a curious far-away look on his face
-that she felt shy of questioning him. He stood gazing at the
-Pyramid as though he saw things even more amazing than its
-mighty form.</p>
-
-<p>“It must have taken a long time to build,” she ventured at
-last, rather timidly.</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà started.</p>
-
-<p>“I was dreaming,” he said. “A long time to build? Verily.
-Would you care to see by whom, and at what cost it was raised?
-I can show you. We have but to travel a little further back into the
-Past for that. Shut fast your eyes and bow seven times as before.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp77" id="i_020" style="max-width: 45.3125em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_020.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Rachel needed no second bidding, and in a few seconds, having
-obeyed the instructions of her companion, she looked again
-upon a scene strange and marvellous. The great Pyramid
-was there as before, but as yet not quite finished.
-Its mighty walls were built,
-and were being covered by the
-smooth case of granite, and
-round the great pile, like ants
-swarming over an ant hill, were
-the builders&mdash;thousands upon
-thousands of dark-skinned,
-almost naked, men, toiling like
-the slaves they were. Here
-great blocks of marble and
-granite were being dragged from
-barges on the river. There, hundreds
-of slaves were hoisting the huge
-slabs into place on the as yet, unfinished
-walls, while multitudes of others swarmed over and round the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span>
-monument, cutting, hammering, polishing, chiselling. A hum as of
-innumerable bees filled the air, and indeed, Rachel was reminded
-of a hive, the inside of which her father had once shown her, all
-quivering with the movement of the worker bees as they toiled
-to make their cells.</p>
-
-<p>She gave a little scream of astonishment at the sight of the
-thronging multitudes, and presently heard the grave voice of
-Sheshà speaking.</p>
-
-<p>“Behold, little maiden, in what manner this Wonder of the
-World was fashioned. Out of the toil and labour of flesh and
-blood, in the days when the Pharaohs ruled in this land, and cared
-naught for the lives of their humbler subjects. Of these, as you
-see, they made slaves who did the work that in the world of to-day
-is performed by machines, by steam power, by electricity, by all
-the new inventions of modern times.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do the people who come to Egypt now know all this? I
-mean people who don’t come in a <i>magic</i> way like me. Are there
-history books all about Egypt as it was long ago?”</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà pointed to the Pyramids. “That and many other
-monuments are the history books&mdash;the great tombs, and all the
-palaces and temples and columns still standing after thousands
-of years. On them are written the story of the land. Behold,
-it is being written before your eyes, since by what you call <i>magic</i>
-you are watching the work of men who laboured four thousand
-years before Christ.”</p>
-
-<p>“But how can those funny pictures and signs they are cutting
-be <i>writing</i>?” asked Rachel, watching a man who was graving
-strange marks on the granite blocks.</p>
-
-<p>“Such was the writing of the ancient Egyptians,” replied
-Sheshà, “called in later days <i>hieroglyphics, or secret</i> writing, because,
-as ages passed, the meaning of the writing was forgotten, and men
-gazed at these strange signs and wondered what they meant, and
-what secrets were hidden from them by a language which no one
-could read.”</p>
-
-<p>“And did they <i>ever</i> find out the secret?” asked Rachel, eagerly.
-“Can anyone nowadays read what is written on stones like these?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Yes. The secret has at last been discovered. For thousands
-of years it was hidden, but at last, in modern days, almost within
-the life-time of some old men and women still on this earth, the
-mystery was revealed by means of a magic stone.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know!” cried Rachel excitedly. “That was the piece of
-marble I was looking at when I met you in the British Museum&mdash;was
-it a minute ago, or ages?” she went on, looking puzzled.
-“It all seems like a dream, somehow. But I remember Miss
-Moore, saying ‘This is the Rosetta Stone’&mdash;and I didn’t know
-what she meant. And then <i>you</i> said, ‘<i>That stone is a gate into the
-Past</i>,’ and I didn’t know what you meant, either!”</p>
-
-<p>Again Sheshà smiled gravely as he looked down at her.</p>
-
-<p>“I will tell you. Ninety years ago, a Frenchman was living
-in this mysterious land of Egypt; knowing no more of the secret
-writing on palaces and tombs and temples than do you, little
-maiden. But while he was at <i>Rosetta</i>, which is a town on the sea
-coast not far from where we stand, he found a broken block of
-marble&mdash;a fragment from what was once, perhaps, a mighty
-temple. Upon it he saw the secret marks he could not understand,
-but <i>beneath</i> it were some lines in Greek, which he and other
-people <i>could</i> read. Now, thought the Frenchman, ‘What if these
-Greek words should be the translation of those hieroglyphics
-above, which no one for thousands of years has been able to decipher?’
-So he brought the broken stone away with him. And
-the scholars examined it, and at last, after patient study, comparing
-the Greek words, which they <i>could</i> understand, with the mysterious
-signs and pictures above, they learnt to read <i>them</i> also. And so,
-from that piece of black marble which now rests in the great
-museum of your great city of London, learned men have made
-Egypt give up one of its many secrets. All that is written on
-columns, walls and tombs, can now be read by the scholars who
-have studied the hieroglyphic writing of this ancient land, and
-translated it into English and French, and all the languages of
-men who live to-day. Was I not right to call ‘the <i>Rosetta</i> Stone’
-a stone of magic, a gateway into the Past?”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp55" id="i_023" style="max-width: 46.875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_023.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>PHARAOH IN HIS CHARIOT</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes!” exclaimed Rachel, drawing a long breath. “If<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span>
-that Rosetta Stone had never been found, people would still be
-looking at the&mdash;what did you call the writing? Oh yes, the
-<i>hieroglyphics</i>, and wondering what they mean, wouldn’t they?
-But you know, of course? You have always known.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wrote signs and figures like these, six thousand years ago,”
-replied Sheshà, gazing upon the mighty unfinished Pyramid upon
-which, like clustering bees, the brown-skinned, half-naked men
-were slaving.</p>
-
-<p>“Will you read me something that’s written there? Please
-read what that man has just finished carving,” begged Rachel,
-pointing to a youth who was working at the base of the Pyramid.
-“What do those signs mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“They record,” said Sheshà, glancing at them, “that a hundred
-thousand men were always kept working upon this tomb.
-These slaves that you behold are the last hundred thousand, for
-as you see the Pyramid is nearly built. But for twenty years
-previous to this moment of Past time, every day, a hundred thousand
-men have been working in the same way as these poor slaves
-before your eyes.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was just trying to put into words something of all the
-wonder and bewilderment she felt, when a strain of music that
-sounded rather faint and far away made her turn quickly. The sight
-she saw was so wonderful that I scarcely know how to describe it.</p>
-
-<p>“Who is this?” she whispered. “Why are the people bowing
-down before him?”</p>
-
-<p>“It is Pharaoh the king, come to look at his Pyramid&mdash;the
-tomb for himself which is rising under the hands of his slaves.
-Well may you gaze in wonder, O child, for never before this, has a
-little English maid been given sight of the far, far Past. You
-behold Pharaoh in all his pomp and glory as he lived six thousand
-years ago.”</p>
-
-<p>And indeed Rachel gazed in wonder.</p>
-
-<p>Looking down from the raised platform of soil on which stood
-the nearly finished Pyramid, she saw a broad road, thronged with
-a glittering company. In their midst, standing upright in a chariot
-painted with brilliant colours and enriched with gold, was the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span>
-imposing figure of a man with an olive-tinted skin, dressed in a
-white robe, bordered with gold. A head-dress strangely shaped
-almost shrouded his face, and on his bare brown arms were
-bracelets, and hanging from his neck long chains of metal work.</p>
-
-<p>Running beside and behind the chariot, were slaves
-carrying great fans, made, some of palm leaves,
-some of feathers. They were followed by a
-crowd of girls in gauzy robes, whose
-black hair fell in tight ringlets on
-their bare shoulders, holding in their
-hands musical instruments of curious
-form. Behind them followed other chariots filled with men clad in
-the same sort of dress as that worn by Sheshà.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp84" id="i_026" style="max-width: 55.375em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_026.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Rachel saw the wonderful procession clearly enough, yet it
-seemed as though she was looking at it through a slight mist which
-quivered like hot air, and made the figures behind it a little unreal,
-as if something in a dream. This gauze-like mist she had
-noticed before, in gazing at the workers on the Pyramid. It<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span>
-stretched between her and the slaves like a barrier behind which,
-though she could watch them, they toiled out of touch, and
-somehow a long way from her.</p>
-
-<p>“You are beholding scenes that took place thousands of years
-ago, remember,” said the voice of Sheshà, and though Rachel
-had not spoken, she knew he read her thoughts, and was
-explaining. “Ages ago all these people were turned to dust.
-They have arisen before your eyes&mdash;but only like painted figures
-real though they seem. If you tried to touch them your hand
-would but meet the air.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is he going to do? Where is he going?” whispered
-Rachel, who was feeling awe-struck, and perhaps a little frightened.</p>
-
-<p>“Pharaoh is going to look at the tomb which has been prepared
-for him,” said Sheshà, gravely. “In a moment we will follow him
-into the heart of the Pyramid.”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Pharaoh</i> comes into the Bible,” began Rachel, looking puzzled.
-“But I thought you said it was another man, King Cheops,
-who had this Pyramid built.”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Pharaoh</i> was the name given to <i>all</i> the kings of Egypt, but
-this is not the Pharaoh who dreamt of the fat and lean kine, nor
-the Pharaoh Moses knew, who was stricken with plagues. <i>This</i>
-Pharaoh, whose other name was King <i>Cheops</i>, lived long before
-the days of Joseph and Moses.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel gave a funny little murmur of excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“We <i>have</i> gone back far into the Past, haven’t we? It’s&mdash;it’s
-rather frightening. I feel as though I should never get home
-again!” She looked really anxious, and Sheshà laid his brown
-hand gently upon her head.</p>
-
-<p>“Have no fear. In less time than I take to say it, you will
-be seated in an omnibus, travelling back to your aunt’s home,”
-he declared with a curious smile.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, but I don’t want to go yet!” Rachel hastily assured
-him. “I want to see everything. It’s so <i>frightfully</i> interesting,”
-she went on, incoherently.</p>
-
-<p>“Again have no fear. You shall see and hear, for Time itself
-is a ‘magic’ thing, little maiden, and wonders can be worked<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span>
-during the opening and shutting of the eyes. Let us now follow
-that procession to the royal tomb.”</p>
-
-<p>The painted chariot drawn by white horses with marvellous
-trappings, had now been reined up before the entrance to a passage
-on one side of the Pyramid. On either hand the workmen and the
-other people who had been passing to and fro now lay prostrate in
-the dust, while the great king was led from the chariot by the men
-Rachel had already seen dressed in robes like that worn by Sheshà.</p>
-
-<p>“Those are the priests of
-the order to which I belong,”
-he said. “They are the people
-nearest to Pharaoh, the
-learned men whom he
-honours&mdash;poets, historians,
-physicians, as well as priests.
-With them he talks and takes
-counsel. These others,” he
-pointed to the poor men on
-the ground, “are his slaves
-who bow down before him,
-and are used as beasts of
-burden.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp62" id="i_028" style="max-width: 43.75em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_028.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Rachel looked at them
-pityingly as with Sheshà she
-followed the wise men and
-the reigning Pharaoh, King
-Cheops, into the passage
-hewn within the Pyramid. No one noticed her presence, and
-somehow, though she was almost close enough to touch the
-robes in front of her, Rachel was not surprised. Plainly, as
-through the quivering haze surrounding them she could see the
-wonderful group of people, she knew they were not exactly <i>real</i>.
-She could not have touched them. She saw their lips move, but
-she heard no sound.</p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes the passage, which sloped upwards, broadened
-out into a little hall lined with polished granite. Here the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>
-priests who were following the mighty Pharaoh, very slowly and
-solemnly ranged themselves against the walls, leaving the middle
-of the floor clear. Rachel then saw the king standing alone, and
-looking down upon something that looked like a coffin made of
-red granite placed in the centre of the hall. The priests bowed
-their heads, and she saw their lips moving, while the king stood
-motionless as a statue, his white robes and his strange head-dress
-appearing as though they were carved upon a painted figure.</p>
-
-<p>For a second Rachel saw this, and then almost before she
-could breathe, she was standing under the blue sky, looking at
-the scarcely finished outside of the Pyramid, from which all the
-builders had disappeared, as had also the crowds upon the road
-bordering the river Nile.</p>
-
-<p>She rubbed her eyes. “It’s so strange,” she began, dreamily.
-“Was all that great Pyramid built only to hold a little grave?
-Because I suppose that was what the stone thing that the king
-looked down on, really was?”</p>
-
-<p>“It was the outside <i>case</i> of a coffin&mdash;yes,” said Sheshà. “Such
-a case is called a <i>sarcophagus</i>. The real coffin was made of wood,
-placed within the sarcophagus, upon which a granite lid was fixed
-and sealed down when a man was dead.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why did this Pharaoh want such a great place only for a
-tomb?” asked Rachel, still puzzled. “Fancy making thousands
-and thousands of people work, just to build a great heap over a
-grave! Why did he do it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Partly because he wanted to be remembered for ever (and
-though he was forgotten for ages, we are now talking about him
-after six thousand years!) But also because of what was taught
-by the ancient religion of the Egyptians.”</p>
-
-<p>“What was that?” asked Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà smiled, his grave, strange smile. “It taught many
-things difficult to explain to a little maid of to-day. But one
-thing was this. When a man died, his soul left his body, and
-wandered about, entering into other bodies&mdash;possibly for hundreds
-of years. But it might happen that, after many ages, the soul
-should want to return to its old home&mdash;its old body. Therefore,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span>
-that body was carefully preserved, in case the soul should wish
-to re-enter it.”</p>
-
-<p>“But if it was very long before it wanted to come back
-it would find its home turned to dust, wouldn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“For that we provided,” answered Sheshà, “by
-preserving the poor body in a way that is called
-<i>embalming</i>. We filled it with sweet spices, and
-wrapped it closely in linen bandages, and&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“I know! The dead people like that are called
-<i>mummies</i>, aren’t they? I was just going to ask
-Miss Moore to take me to see them when I met
-you!” Rachel interrupted.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp57" id="i_030" style="max-width: 50.375em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_030.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“There are many such
-embalmed bodies in your
-great museum. When you see
-them, little maid, remember
-that you are looking upon
-the very features of men and
-women who lived under this
-blue sky, and enjoyed this
-sunshine, thousands of years
-before their bodies were
-taken to your grey city beside
-the Thames. They were
-people who worshipped indeed, but gods very different from the
-God worshipped in your churches and cathedrals of to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>“You worshipped the river, didn’t you?” asked Rachel,
-presently, as Sheshà was silent.</p>
-
-<p>“Osiris, God of the River and the Sun,” murmured Sheshà,
-as though to himself. “Him we worshipped, and Isis, the fruitful
-Earth, and&mdash;” He paused suddenly, and looked down at Rachel.
-“Our worship is difficult for you to understand. Would it please
-you instead, to behold this place as it looks <i>now</i>&mdash;to the travellers
-of To-day. As your father, for instance, beheld it only this
-morning?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh <i>yes</i>,” cried Rachel eagerly. “That’s just what I <i>should</i> like.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Prepare then to see <i>nine</i>, instead of one of these mighty
-works&mdash;eight of them built after this first Pyramid of King Cheops,
-but, even so, thousands of years old, and battered not so much by
-the hand of Time as by the hands of destructive men. Turn
-towards the river, child of To-day, and, with closed eyes, bow
-seven times.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel again obeyed, and, when she turned and looked, instead
-of one, a group of Pyramids stood up grandly against such a
-sunset sky as she had never before imagined. The sand of the
-desert, the flowing river, the worn sides of the huge buildings,
-were washed by a rosy glow. And battered and worn, as they
-now looked, they were still the Pyramids as they had stood for
-thousands and thousands of years before she was born.</p>
-
-<p>Changed though it was, Rachel recognised at once the
-great tomb of King Cheops, and as she looked she listened
-to Sheshà speaking, though somehow the voice sounded faint and
-far away.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>All things dread Time, but Time itself dreads the Pyramids</i>,”
-she heard him say. And then, after a moment, “Gaze well, O
-child, upon one of the Seven Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>The last words came so faintly that Rachel turned to look at
-her friend&mdash;and instead found Miss Moore at her elbow.</p>
-
-<p>She was still consulting her watch, and Rachel was still standing
-in front of the black Rosetta Stone.</p>
-
-<p>“I think we ought to go,” said Miss Moore. “It will take us
-some time to get back, and we mustn’t be late for lunch.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel drew a long breath, and followed her governess in silence.</p>
-
-<p>When you have just stepped out of Egypt into the British
-Museum, you feel you don’t want to talk&mdash;and Rachel scarcely
-spoke all the way home.</p>
-
-<p>On the hall table, waiting for her, lay a letter from her father,
-and his little daughter eagerly pounced upon it, and ran with it
-to her bedroom. Mother was much better already, the letter
-said, and, after a great deal of other news, Rachel came upon a
-sentence which interested her more than her father could have
-imagined, when he wrote it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I have just seen the Pyramids! One of these days you
-and I will go to Egypt and look at them again together. But
-you must learn something about them first, or you won’t be half
-so excited about them as I am.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel laughed gleefully. “Dad hasn’t seen King Cheops,
-anyhow,” she thought. “And he’d be certain to think I dreamt
-it if I told him all about Sheshà and the slaves. No one would
-believe me&mdash;so I shan’t say anything about this lovely adventure.”</p>
-
-<p>She ran down to lunch, happy and excited by her secret.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, how did you enjoy the British Museum?” enquired
-Aunt Hester, when she had heard all the news contained in the
-letter from Egypt.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I <i>loved</i> it!” exclaimed Rachel, and two little dimples
-appeared at the corners of her mouth as she tried to repress a
-smile. “When can I go again?”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Moore looked a little surprised, for she remembered no
-particular enthusiasm on Rachel’s part during the morning.</p>
-
-<p>“A most instructive place,” she observed, turning to Aunt
-Hester. “I’m sure Rachel will learn a great deal there.”</p>
-
-<p>And again Rachel tried to keep back a smile.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_032" style="max-width: 77.625em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_032.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="SECOND_WONDER">SECOND WONDER <br />
-THE HANGING GARDENS OF BABYLON</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_033" style="max-width: 62.5em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_033.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-
-<p>All the rest of that day Rachel went about feeling excited and
-happy. It was not till next morning when she woke that doubt
-crept into her mind. Could she <i>really</i> have been to Egypt and
-seen the great Pyramid of Cheops before it was quite finished?
-Surely, she couldn’t <i>really</i> have talked to Sheshà, the priest of that
-ancient king! It must, of course, have been a dream. Yet how
-had she managed to go to sleep in the British Museum? And
-how was it, if she had dreamt the whole adventure, that she remembered
-everything distinctly, and not in the confused fashion
-of an ordinary dream? Rachel was puzzled, but she was obliged
-to come to the sad conclusion that somehow or other the glowing
-pictures in her mind, of slaves, of Pharaoh in his chariot, of the
-room within the Pyramid holding the sarcophagus, were, as her
-old nurse used to say, “all imagination.”</p>
-
-<p>It was a terribly disappointing thought, and for the whole of
-the following day she felt quite dull and miserable, especially as
-Aunt Hester wouldn’t hear of another immediate visit to the
-British Museum.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s too far,” she declared. “You may go next week. But
-I can’t think why you’re so anxious about it. Miss Moore says
-you didn’t seem particularly interested while you were there.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span></p>
-
-<p>Rachel couldn’t of course tell Aunt Hester that in her longing
-for the British Museum, there was a faint hope that if by any
-chance the adventure had been “real”&mdash;there, if anywhere, “something
-might happen.”</p>
-
-<p>A few mornings afterwards, however, something <i>did</i> happen.
-At breakfast time Aunt Hester put down a letter she had been
-reading, and looked across at her niece.</p>
-
-<p>“Old Mr. Sheston is coming to lunch,” she remarked. “He
-says he thinks he must have seen you the other day. He knew
-you from your likeness to your father.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who is old Mr. Sheston?” asked Rachel, looking up from
-putting more sugar on her porridge.</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Hester smiled. “He’s a funny old man who has been
-a friend of our family for years, and knew your father as a boy.
-He is doing some important work at the British Museum, so you’ll
-be able to talk to him about it.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel pricked up her ears.</p>
-
-<p>“Why is he funny?” she enquired.</p>
-
-<p>Again Aunt Hester smiled. “He dresses in a strange way
-for one thing, and he has all sorts of curious ideas that you wouldn’t
-understand. He’s a dear old man&mdash;but eccentric. Certainly
-eccentric,” she added as though to herself.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Eccentric</i> means not like other people, doesn’t it?” murmured
-Rachel. “I’ve never heard Dad talk about him.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think he’s seen him since he was a boy.... Certainly
-you <i>are</i> very like your father as he was at your age, child! I’m
-not surprised that the old man recognized you.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was running across the hall just before lunch, when
-in answer to a knock at the front door, the parlourmaid admitted
-a strange figure, wrapped in a long cloak, one end of which was
-thrown over the left shoulder. A battered hat almost hid the
-face of the little old gentleman who entered&mdash;but in a flash Rachel
-remembered him. He was looking at the Rosetta Stone the day
-she and Miss Moore went to the British Museum! And he had
-spoken to her&mdash;or had she dreamt this? It was curious, but
-she really couldn’t remember. All she knew at the moment was,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span>
-that he and the Rosetta Stone were, as she put it, “mixed up
-together in her mind.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time the visitor had taken off his hat, and Rachel, so
-puzzled and curious that she had stopped short in the middle of
-the hall, saw a pair of dark eyes in a crinkled, wrinkled face under
-a fringe of white hair.</p>
-
-<p>The old man smiled and held out both hands.</p>
-
-<p>“You are Rachel,” he said. “I knew when I saw you last
-week in the Egyptian gallery, that you must be your father’s
-daughter.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel felt suddenly shy, and was glad when Aunt Hester
-came down the stairs and, after a word or two of greeting, led the
-way straight into the dining-room.</p>
-
-<p>At table, during the meal, Rachel sat opposite to the guest,
-who now and then looked across at her, and every time she met
-his dark eyes she was puzzled afresh.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll be glad to hear that Rachel is <i>most</i> interested in the
-British Museum,” said Aunt Hester, presently.</p>
-
-<p>“I <i>am</i> glad to hear it,” was all the old man said, but he smiled
-in such a way as to make Rachel more excited and puzzled than ever.</p>
-
-<p>She listened eagerly to what he was saying to Aunt Hester.
-He was talking about what he called the “explorations” in Egypt,
-and she gathered from his conversation that men were often sent
-out by the people who took charge of the British Museum, to dig
-and explore among the ruins in Egypt and other ancient countries,
-and to bring back some of the things they found to London.</p>
-
-<p>He made the story of these explorers and what they discovered,
-so exciting, that Aunt Hester, who did not at first seem very
-curious, began to ask questions. Rachel wanted to ask a great
-many more, for her head was still full of her strange dream&mdash;as she
-now called it&mdash;about Egypt, and it was interesting to know how
-all the tombs and monuments and statues she had seen last week
-had found their way to England.</p>
-
-<p>“You can run away now, Rachel,” said Aunt Hester, when
-lunch was over, and Grayson was bringing in coffee.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t let her run very far,” observed Mr. Sheston. “Because<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span>
-I’m going to take her back with me to the Museum in ten minutes.”</p>
-
-<p>He said this without looking at her, and Rachel gasped for
-joy, and glanced imploringly at Aunt Hester, who laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“You always <i>announce</i> what you are going to do, I remember,”
-she declared, speaking to her guest. “You never <i>ask</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“A habit of mine,” returned the old gentleman quietly.
-“Acquired long ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“Go and get ready,” said Aunt Hester, with a nod to her
-niece, and Rachel flew like the wind.</p>
-
-<p>Ten minutes later she was seated in a taxi-cab with Mr.
-Sheston, who talked about her father, about her country home,
-her brothers and sisters, and everything in the world except just
-the things Rachel wanted him to talk about&mdash;Egypt and the
-Pyramids.</p>
-
-<p>At last, however, he said quite suddenly, just as they were
-going up the steps of the Museum, “How long is it since you were
-here?”</p>
-
-<p>“Five or six days, I think, or perhaps&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Seven</i> days,” corrected the old gentleman, quietly, and all
-at once Rachel began to get excited.</p>
-
-<p>They entered the building, and she noticed that all the officials
-in uniform touched their hats to the little old man who was
-evidently very well known there. He turned at once to the
-Egyptian Gallery, and as they passed the Rosetta Stone, Rachel
-looked back.</p>
-
-<p>“I know all about <i>that</i>,” she said, glancing up at Mr. Sheston,
-who only smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“We will go to the Babylonian Room in a minute,” he said.
-“Do you know where to find Babylonia on the map?”</p>
-
-<p>Only that morning, in looking as she always did now, for
-Egypt, Rachel had seen it marked in her atlas.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s up above Arabia, isn’t it?” she began, uncertainly
-“Up above the Persian Gulf.”</p>
-
-<p>“And do you remember any of its cities that were famous once?”</p>
-
-<p>“Babylon?” suggested Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston nodded.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Babylon,” he repeated, and after a moment added, as though
-to himself, “<i>How far is it to Babylon?</i>”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, that’s in a book of poetry I’ve got,” exclaimed Rachel.
-“It’s called ‘A Child’s Garden of Verses.’”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, there are a great many things in Stevenson’s Child’s
-Garden,” said the old man. “We’ll find out how far it is to
-Babylon presently. But, before we do that, just come into this
-room for a moment.”</p>
-
-<p>He took her hand and led her into a narrow passage to the
-right of the big Egyptian hall through which they had come.</p>
-
-<p>“Is there anything here that reminds you of&mdash;something
-else?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel glanced about, and suddenly her eyes rested on a monument
-against a wall, carved curiously in stone. Beneath it there
-was an inscription, and she went nearer and began to read the
-words aloud.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>The tomb of Sheshà, High Priest of Cheops</i>,” she began, and
-suddenly stopped short.</p>
-
-<p>“Why...!” she exclaimed, turning to Mr. Sheston, and then
-again stopped short, for in his place stood her friend Sheshà in his
-beautiful robe, his young face framed by the strange head-dress
-she so well remembered! And yet&mdash;somehow&mdash;it was Mr. Sheston
-too! Sheshà and the old man were in a curious way one and the
-same person!</p>
-
-<p>“Why, you <i>are</i> Sheshà!” cried Rachel, incoherently. “But
-then&mdash;why?”&mdash;she glanced at the tomb&mdash;“That means you were
-<i>dead</i>&mdash;ages and ages ago?” she whispered. “How can you be
-here&mdash;?”</p>
-
-<p>The young priest smiled. “Tombs are but folly,” he answered.
-“Do you remember, little maid, what I said to you of the soul,
-and how it lives and returns after many thousand years to inhabit
-the same, or perhaps another body?”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel nodded, too overwhelmed to speak.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, then, are not tombs folly?” he repeated, still smiling.
-“But come, of Egypt you have had a glimpse already. Now
-shall you behold Babylon.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span></p>
-
-<p>He turned and led the way towards another gallery running
-parallel with the Egyptian one, and, as Rachel followed him, she
-wondered for a moment why the people strolling about in the
-Museum did not stare in amazement at the wonderful figure of
-Sheshà in his priestly robe. No one took the slightest notice,
-however, and she remembered that Miss Moore had on a previous
-occasion seen and heard nothing.</p>
-
-<p>“They’re not mixed up with <i>seven</i>, I suppose,” she reflected,
-before Sheshà began to speak again. He talked, she thought,
-rather as though he were translating from another language, trying
-to make what he said quite modern. “But sometimes,”
-thought Rachel, “he forgets&mdash;and then he says ‘<i>behold</i>,’ and
-‘<i>verily</i>,’ and old-fashioned words like that!”</p>
-
-<p>“Let us first look at some of the wonders which, long buried,
-have come at last to this Museum,” he suggested, pausing in front
-of a huge statue. It represented a creature with the body of a
-bull, and the face of a man with a long curled beard cut
-square&mdash;while from the shoulders of the beast sprang two great
-wings.</p>
-
-<p>“Here is one out of many such marvels,” he added.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel looked at the monster, full of curiosity.</p>
-
-<p>“Was <i>this</i> dug up by the people you were talking about to
-Aunt Hester to-day? I mean&mdash;at lunch time&mdash;when you were&mdash;Mr.
-Sheston?”</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà smiled. “I was the same person then as now. It
-was only my body that was different.... Yes, little maid, this
-was found by the explorers not far from Babylon. Now glance
-with me at these pictures in stone.” He turned into a narrow
-gallery close at hand, and pointed to the walls against which were
-fastened large slabs of stone sculptured most beautifully with
-scenes of hunting, with processions in which kings rode in chariots
-under graceful canopies like parasols hung with fringe, or stood
-looking down upon long lines of prisoners chained together.</p>
-
-<p>“These came from the palace of one Tiglath Pileser, a king
-who lived more than seven hundred years before Christ was born.
-He was one of the conquerors of Babylon.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span></p>
-
-<p>“But I do want to see Babylon itself!” exclaimed Rachel.
-“You did mean I should <i>really</i> see it, didn’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Patience!” murmured Sheshà. “Patience! You are just
-about to see Babylon first as it is now&mdash;and then as it was in the
-days of its splendour. Shut your eyes. Beat seven times with
-your foot on this stone floor&mdash;and have no fear of what befalls.
-You are safe with me.”</p>
-
-<p>Trembling with excitement, Rachel did as she was told, and at
-the last tap of her foot, was conscious of a most strange and wonderful
-sensation. She seemed to be out of doors, and not only
-out of doors, but rushing through the air, while a noise like that
-of a great engine almost deafened her.</p>
-
-<p>“We are near Babylon!” said a voice close to her ear, and, as
-she opened her eyes, Rachel gasped, for she was seated in an aeroplane,
-and the pilot of the machine, in the dress of an airman, was&mdash;Sheshà!
-Rachel had so often longed to fly, that at first she could
-think of nothing but the wonder and excitement of her first rush
-through the air, and it was only by degrees that she began to notice
-the earth below. The machine was dropping nearer to it now,
-and she saw they were flying over a vast plain through which flowed
-a river. Three large mounds near this river broke the monotony
-of the desert place, overarched by the beautiful blue sky, and when
-the aeroplane skimmed yet lower, Rachel saw little figures moving
-near the mounds, like ants running over an ant heap.</p>
-
-<p>At the same moment the noise of the aeroplane’s engine ceased,
-and she was able to talk to the pilot.</p>
-
-<p>“Why those are <i>men</i>, aren’t they?” she said, pointing
-to the tiny figures. “And what are those heaps of rubbish
-there?”</p>
-
-<p>“All that is left of Babylon&mdash;the beautiful and proud City of
-Babylon,” answered the voice of the pilot, Sheshà.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel looked at the desert plain with its three “rubbish heaps,”
-as she called them, in silent astonishment.</p>
-
-<p>“Is <i>that</i> where the bulls with wings and the other things in the
-British Museum come from?” she added at length.</p>
-
-<p>“Some of them&mdash;yes.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span></p>
-
-<p>“And are those little men down there digging up other things
-now?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. They are working for the Museum. By-and-by,
-in a few weeks, perhaps, you may read a column in your newspaper
-at breakfast time giving an account of the latest things found in
-that heap,” he pointed to the largest of them. “That mound
-below you is called <i>Babil</i>, and it covers the palace in which dwelt
-King Nebuchadnezzar, nearly three thousand years ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“The Nebuchadnezzar in the Bible that I was reading about
-with Miss Moore only this morning?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes&mdash;the Nebuchadnezzar who conquered the city of Jerusalem
-and brought the Children of Israel captives to Babylon&mdash;the
-Nebuchadnezzar who set up the golden image to which Daniel
-would not bow down.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the fiery furnace!” interrupted Rachel, eagerly, “that
-didn’t burn the three Children of Israel when Nebuchadnezzar
-threw them into it.... I remember!... And there’s a psalm
-about them when they were prisoners in Babylon.”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>By the rivers of Babylon, there we sat down, yea, we wept when
-we remembered Zion</i>,” quoted Sheshà, in a dreamy voice. “There
-is one of the rivers of Babylon.” He pointed to the great stream&mdash;the
-Euphrates&mdash;on both sides of which the city was built.</p>
-
-<p>“It doesn’t look as though there could ever have been a city
-here,” Rachel declared, gazing down upon the desert and the mounds
-of earth. “How could it have disappeared altogether like that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Thousands of years have passed since it was standing. It
-has been burnt to the ground many times, and laid in ruins. The
-sand of the desert has swept over it, and new races of men have
-arisen, knowing nothing of its ancient grandeur. It is only sixty
-years ago that scholars from France and Germany and England
-began to explore those heaps of rubbish which cover its palaces and
-temple.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I <i>do</i> want to see them!” exclaimed Rachel. “I mean
-as they used to look when Nebuchadnezzar was king. Not just
-the bits of them that people dig up now!”</p>
-
-<p>“We will make a landing,” said Sheshà in a matter-of-fact<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span>
-voice, and in a few moments the aeroplane had touched the ground,
-and he was helping her to jump out of the marvellous machine,
-which, surrounded as she was by so many other marvels, Rachel
-took almost as though she had been used to an aeroplane all her
-life.</p>
-
-<p>“You behold Babylon as it looks to-day,” went on Sheshà,
-stretching out his hand towards the ruins. “In a second you shall
-behold it as it looked three thousand years ago when Nebuchadnezzar
-was king. And your guide shall be a little maid of
-your own years.” Almost before he had finished speaking he
-laid his hand gently over Rachel’s eyes....</p>
-
-<p>“Count the magic number aloud.”</p>
-
-<p>The voice that spoke certainly did not belong to Sheshà, and
-when full of eagerness her eyes flew open they rested first of all
-upon the loveliest and strangest little girl you can possibly
-imagine.</p>
-
-<p>Her hair, black as ebony, was cut straight across her forehead,
-and fell in tight ringlets to her shoulders. She wore a thin gauze
-robe spangled with gold, and on her bare brown arms there were
-bracelets, and round her slim little ankles golden anklets, which
-tinkled as she moved.</p>
-
-<p>As her great dark eyes met Rachel’s blue ones she said gravely:</p>
-
-<p>“I am Salome, handmaid to the Queen of this city of Babylon.
-Come with me and you shall see all its riches and its glory. Sheshà
-has commanded it.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was too bewildered to wonder how it happened that
-she understood the child, who was certainly not talking English.
-But, strange language though it was, she seemed to know it as
-well as her native tongue. There were besides, other and even
-stranger things to amaze her, for before her, under the burning
-blue sky, was spread a gorgeous city, or rather what looked like
-miles and miles of gardens and palaces and temples, enclosed
-within huge walls.</p>
-
-<p>From the slightly raised ground on which Rachel with her
-new companion were standing, she could see these city walls&mdash;a
-double row of them&mdash;stretching away to form a gigantic square<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span>
-enclosing the river, the woods and gardens, and all the strange
-buildings which made up the city.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh look! look!” she cried suddenly, as all at once, actually
-on the <i>top</i> of one of the inner walls, she saw a brilliantly painted
-chariot drawn by four horses, coming at a furious pace towards
-her. It was driven by a long-haired man who stood upright
-within the car, urging on his steeds&mdash;till he came so near the end
-of the wall that Rachel held her breath, expecting to see chariot,
-horses and driver dashed to the ground. But, before she could
-cry out, the man, with marvellous
-skill, turned horses and chariot, and
-drove at full speed back again
-along the wide top of the wall.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe76_375" id="i_042">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_042.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Just <i>think</i> of a wall broad
-enough for four horses to
-gallop along&mdash;and <i>turn</i>!”
-Rachel almost screamed the
-words in her excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“That is Akurgal, the
-driver of the king’s chariot,”
-said the little Babylonian
-girl, unconcernedly. “He
-drives like the wind for
-fury when it pleases him.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel scarcely knew in
-which direction to look first, so glorious was the view. She saw
-that each of the four sides of the wall was pierced by
-gigantic gates made of bronze&mdash;all the gates opening upon
-broad streets which crossed one another, so that the whole
-city was divided into squares, filled with gardens and houses.
-The broad river flowed through it from north to south, and
-over the river hung a mighty bridge, at each end of which
-was a palace.</p>
-
-<p>It was difficult for Rachel to make up her mind in which
-direction to turn her eyes, but the sight of something that
-appeared like a forest-covered mountain rising near one of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span>
-palaces, was so lovely that she pointed to it and turned to
-Salome.</p>
-
-<p>“What a beautiful mountain!” she exclaimed. “How funny
-there should be only <i>one</i>&mdash;because the rest of the country is so
-flat. There isn’t another hill as far as ever I can see,” she added,
-glancing over the wide plain in which the city lay.</p>
-
-<p>Salome smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“That is no mountain,” she said. “It was made by human
-hands. It is the great glory of our city, and, so my mistress says,
-in time to come, the Hanging Gardens of Babylon will be called
-one of the Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel started. “There are seven Wonders of the World,”
-she began, eagerly. “I’ve seen one of them already&mdash;the Great
-Pyramid, you know. And now&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“I have heard of the Pyramid in the land of Egypt,” Salome
-interrupted. “But come now and see more closely <i>our</i> wonder&mdash;the
-Garden that is like no other in the world.”</p>
-
-<p>She took Rachel’s hand, and in a few moments they had entered
-the city through a gate which Rachel noticed was covered with
-tiles of blue enamel as brilliant as the sky above them. And on
-either side of the gate, like sentinels, stood huge winged bulls carved
-in stone. But how different they looked here, she thought, in the
-golden sunshine, with the wonderful blue tiles behind them, and
-their great shadows, black as ink, stretching on either hand!</p>
-
-<p>“This is one of the new gates built by our king,” Salome told
-her. “He has caused inscriptions to be written about them so
-that all the world may know what adornments he has added to
-our fair city of Babylon. Our city that shall last for ever,” she
-added proudly.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel glanced at her, and thought of a great rubbish heap
-she had recently seen&mdash;“<i>the mound called Babil which covers the
-palace in which dwelt King Nebuchadnezzar nearly three thousand
-years ago</i>”&mdash;she remembered the very words of Sheshà.... How
-amazing it was to be walking with this little girl in the very city
-that now lay under a mound of earth! To be talking to a little
-girl who lived nearly three thousand years ago, and had no idea<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span>
-that her home was even now being dug up in fragments by men
-living in the world to-day!... For a moment it all seemed too
-puzzling to be true. Rachel rubbed her eyes with her disengaged
-hand, and half expected the whole vision to disappear. Yet when
-she looked again, the lovely scene still lay before her, and she
-could feel the warmth of Salome’s little brown hand within her
-own.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe62_5" id="i_044">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_044.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“I must be getting used to the Past,” she
-reflected. “Because now I can <i>feel</i> as well as
-see the people. They didn’t seem quite real
-when I was with Sheshà in Egypt. But now it’s different. Is
-it because <i>these</i> people didn’t live quite so far back into the
-Past as King Cheops and his slaves, I wonder?”</p>
-
-<p>She glanced again at the grave, strangely clad little girl at her
-side, who talked as though she were quite grown up.</p>
-
-<p>“I mustn’t say anything about the rubbish mound, or tell
-her anything about the sort of world <i>I</i> belong to,” she reflected
-hurriedly. “She wouldn’t understand. I suppose she thinks
-I’m living in her times, but have just never happened to see<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span>
-Babylon before. And that’s quite true!” she added to herself,
-with a little inward chuckle.</p>
-
-<p>While such thoughts as these were hurrying through her
-mind, she was looking right and left, full of eager curiosity,
-for the bridge she was crossing was thronged with amazing
-figures.</p>
-
-<p>Men with black, curling beards, bare-legged, and bare-armed,
-wearing tunics of brilliant colours, passed her. Some of these
-were seated upon the backs of camels following one another in
-long lines. The soft-footed, grey beasts were loaded with merchandise,
-and the bales on either side of their humped backs swayed
-as they moved. They were decked fantastically with trappings
-of plaited scarlet wool, hung with tassels of brilliant colour. After
-such a procession of camels and their drivers, would come perhaps
-a chariot with four horses abreast, driven by a fierce-looking man
-in a gorgeous fringed robe, whose dark eyes flashed like jewels
-in his bronzed face. Following one such chariot, she saw a group
-of girls in gauzy tunics, bracelets on their arms, tinkling anklets
-above their feet, dancing as they came, and singing a wild song
-as they tossed their arms above their heads.</p>
-
-<p>“They are going to the Temple of Belus,” explained Salome,
-as Rachel stood still to look at them.</p>
-
-<p>She turned round and pointed with her little brown forefinger
-to a great building at the other end of the bridge.</p>
-
-<p>“Later, if there is still time, you shall see the temple of the
-great God. But let us hasten now towards the gardens, for there,
-in the cool of the day, the queen walks with her maidens, and I
-must be in attendance.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was torn between her longing to be actually within
-the wonderful Hanging Garden and her desire to linger on the
-bridge which afforded such a magnificent view. She gazed with
-delight upon the broad shining river which divided the city, and
-upon the ships with gracefully curved sails which, rowed by almost
-naked slaves, moved to and fro over its surface.</p>
-
-<p>Some of these ships were drawn up against the quays which
-lined the river, as far as eye could reach, and Rachel saw a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span>
-swarming multitude of men staggering under corded chests of
-wood which the ships had brought to be unloaded.</p>
-
-<p>Salome stopped to watch the slaves at their work.</p>
-
-<p>“That is merchandise for the palace, I trust,” she observed.
-“We have awaited it too long, and the queen grows angry.”</p>
-
-<p>“What sort of things are in those boxes?” Rachel asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Ivory and ebony for the thrones, and for the couches and the
-chariots, emeralds and fine linen, and coral and agate. Spices
-from Arabia and precious stones
-and gold,” answered Salome, in a
-sort of chanting voice.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp53" id="i_046" style="max-width: 50em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_046.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Rachel gasped. It sounded like
-a fairy tale. Yet she remembered
-something like it&mdash;Where was it?
-In the Bible, surely!</p>
-
-<p>Just as the thought of the Bible
-crossed her mind, a group of men
-passed close to her. They were
-dressed rather differently from the
-other people around her, their faces,
-too, looked different, and their eyes
-were very sad.</p>
-
-<p>“Who are those men?” she
-enquired, looking back over her
-shoulder. “They look so unhappy&mdash;and
-<i>homesick</i>, somehow.” Rachel
-knew what it was to be homesick!</p>
-
-<p>Salome glanced at them carelessly. “They are Hebrews who
-call themselves the Children of Israel. Our king, the great Nebuchadnezzar&mdash;may
-he live for ever&mdash;conquered their country
-and took their treasures from Jerusalem, their chief city, and
-brought many of them here to Babylon to live. They hate us,
-and we despise them.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel started as the words of the psalm darted into her mind.
-“<i>By the rivers of Babylon, there we sat down.... We hanged our
-harps upon the willows</i>....” She had heard this sung in church,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span>
-and it had meant nothing to her but just “a psalm.” Yet, here
-before her very eyes now, was one of “the rivers.” There were
-“the willows” fringing streams which flowed through the innumerable
-gardens, and she had just met some of the captive Jews!
-Rachel gasped again as all these things became “real” to her&mdash;something
-that had actually happened&mdash;was, in fact, happening
-before her eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s awful to be homesick,” she murmured, rather to herself
-than to Salome, who, without replying, ran on in front of her to a
-flight of steps at the end of the bridge.</p>
-
-<p>“This is one of the entrances to the Hanging Garden,” she
-explained, looking back. “We must hasten, lest my mistress
-calls for me.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel followed her from terrace to terrace, too overwhelmed
-with delight at the glimpses of beauty she caught right and left to
-say a word. She saw that the whole garden was supported, tier
-above tier, by gigantic arches, and Salome told her each terrace
-was made of plates of lead, holding earth so deep that great forest
-trees could grow in it. If she had not known this, the whole place
-would have seemed to Rachel as though blossoming by magic in
-the heart of a forest growing in mid-air. She could scarcely believe
-it was not the work of some magician.</p>
-
-<p>By the time they reached the uppermost terrace, on a level
-with the city wall, she was not only breathless, but struck dumb
-by the beauty and wonder of everything round her.</p>
-
-<p>Mighty cedar trees spread their layers of branches between
-her and the burning blue sky. The air was perfumed with the scent
-from groves of lemon trees. Fountains tossed their sparkling
-drops high into the sunshine. Red roses swept in cascades from
-her feet down the slope to the terraces below. Along paths paved
-with tiles of sapphire-blue enamel, peacocks walked delicately
-with outspread tails, and far below, within its four-square walls,
-the city of Babylon lay glittering in such brilliant sunshine as
-in her own country she had never dreamt of, nor faintly imagined.</p>
-
-<p>And now, before she had time to recover from her amazement,
-a new sight was presented, for, coming slowly in her direction,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span>
-but as yet in the distance, a group of people approached. In the
-midst of them, as the little procession drew nearer, Rachel saw a
-lovely woman leaning back in a litter slung between ivory poles
-and borne by four slaves. The litter was covered with silk hangings
-of a rich purple, and a fringed canopy of the same material supported
-on poles also of ivory, was held above the swinging couch
-by four dark-skinned girls.</p>
-
-<p>“The Queen Amytis,” whispered Salome, and Rachel drew
-back in sudden fright. “She will wonder who I am&mdash;and I shan’t
-know what to say,” she began, hurriedly. “I don’t know how to
-talk to queens.”</p>
-
-<p>“Have no fear, she will not see you. No one here sees you
-but me. That is the work of Sheshà, who is greatest of all magicians
-and has entrusted you to me, why I know not&mdash;nor do I know
-with any certainty who you are. But he has commanded me to
-be your guide here in Babylon. No one sees, no one hears you but
-I alone.”</p>
-
-<p>Wondering greatly, but feeling much relieved, Rachel watched
-the slaves as very carefully they set down the litter close to a throne-like
-seat, covered with silken pillows. The arms of the chair she
-noticed, were two-winged bulls in stone, and the back of it shone
-with enamelled tiles and plates of gold. The maidens now surrounded
-their mistress, helping her to rise from the litter, and, as
-she sank into the great chair, Rachel gazed at her wonderful robe,
-made of stuff like gossamer, clasped with a great jewel at the waist.
-Her slim, olive-coloured feet were bare, and, to Rachel’s amazement,
-she saw the gleam of emeralds in rings upon her toes!
-On her bare arms and neck there were jewels, also, and there
-were emeralds in the fillet that bound her beautiful black hair.</p>
-
-<p>Never had Rachel ever dreamt of such a vision! Never indeed
-could she have imagined such luxury and magnificence as she
-had seen since she entered Babylon.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s like&mdash;like the stories in the Arabian Nights,” she
-thought, confusedly. Presently the queen spoke in that language
-which sounded strange to her ears, but which with her <i>mind</i> she
-somehow understood quite well.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Listen! One can hear the singing from the Temple of
-Belus.”</p>
-
-<p>“To-day is a high festival. They offer sacrifices to the God,”
-answered one of her maidens. “There has been great stir in the
-city since sunrise.”</p>
-
-<p>“But when the darkness falls there will be silence, and the
-wise men on the topmost tower will watch the stars.”</p>
-
-<p>Queen Amytis said this as though to herself. Her great dark
-eyes were fixed upon the shining city below, and Rachel thought
-she looked sad and anxious.</p>
-
-<p>“The most high God will protect our lord the king on his
-perilous journey,” one of her maidens declared consolingly. “And
-the wise men will surely learn good tidings from the stars,” added
-another.</p>
-
-<p>The queen did not reply, and Rachel looked enquiringly at
-Salome, who was lying full length on a great tiger-skin stretched
-in front of her mistress’s chair.</p>
-
-<p>“Sit near me,” said the little maid, making room for her.
-“No one else sees or hears you. What is it you would ask?”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell me about the temple,” whispered Rachel. “That
-temple of Belus.”</p>
-
-<p>She could see it very distinctly from where she sat, a wonderful
-building with a number of storeys piled up one above the other,
-each storey covered with glazed tiles of a colour different from
-that above and below.</p>
-
-<p>“It is the Tower of the Seven Planets&mdash;the Temple of Belus,
-who is the God of our city,” Salome told her. “Our great king
-has lately built it where once stood, so they say, the Tower of
-Babel.”</p>
-
-<p>“The Tower of Babel? That’s in the Bible!” But a glance at
-Salome’s face showed her that she didn’t know anything about the
-Bible&mdash;and she remembered that the gods Salome and all the
-people here worshipped were those the Bible called “false gods.”</p>
-
-<p>“Of the Tower of Babel I know nothing but its name,” said
-Salome, shrugging her shoulders. “It stood doubtless long ago.
-But this is a new temple built, as they say, on its ruins. It is of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span>
-seven colours, because each of the seven planets has a different
-colour, so the wise men who study the stars declare. And within
-the temple there stands a golden image of the god Belus, and a
-golden altar upon which the priests burn frankincense and all
-sweet scents in honour of the god.”</p>
-
-<p>“But the queen said the wise men watch the stars there?”</p>
-
-<p>“Even so. At night on the topmost storey of the tower, the
-priests study the sky. They are great astronomers, and have
-learnt wonderful things about the heavenly bodies, all of which
-are written down so that their knowledge may not be lost to people
-who live after them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then I suppose that’s how <i>we</i> began to know about the stars,”
-thought Rachel. “Through these people who lived here in Babylon
-thousands of years ago.” It was very strange to think of this,
-and strange also, and sad, to remember that what Salome called
-“the new temple” was now nothing but a heap of half-buried
-ruins! And, yet, there in some magic way lay Salome before her
-eyes, her anklets tinkling when she moved, and her little face full
-of life. And there sat the lovely queen, surrounded by her
-maidens in their transparent robes! And the cedar trees murmured
-overhead, and from the groves of lemon trees sweet scents
-were blown, and below lay the marvellous city.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel grew so confused that it was with difficulty she could
-prevent herself from saying aloud all she was feeling. And this,
-as somehow she knew, would be the greatest possible mistake.</p>
-
-<p>“The queen is sad because the king is away, isn’t she?”</p>
-
-<p>The question was put hurriedly, in case she should betray
-herself.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Our great King Nebuchadnezzar is in Egypt, fighting
-against his enemies. May he be preserved! The queen longs
-for tidings of him.”</p>
-
-<p>Just at that moment the sound of quick footsteps on the blue
-tiled path, behind the queen’s chair, made Rachel turn her head.
-A slave was running in haste along an upper terrace.</p>
-
-<p>The queen also turned and half rose from her throne-like seat
-as the messenger, drawing near, threw himself face downward on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span>
-the ground before her, and then, rising and bowing low, put
-something into her hand.</p>
-
-<p>“A letter, perchance, from the king,” whispered Salome
-eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“A letter?” repeated Rachel, looking with curiosity at the
-strange object.</p>
-
-<p>It certainly bore no resemblance to the letters she knew, for
-it looked something like a thin
-square brick, and though it had
-an envelope, that envelope was
-made of <i>clay</i> instead
-of paper, and had a
-seal upon it.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe75" id="i_051">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_051.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Feeling quite
-sure by now that
-she was invisible to
-all but the eyes of
-Salome, she ran to
-the back of the
-queen’s chair and
-watched her break
-the seal, and
-take out what
-it contained.
-This proved to be a small brick tablet. Upon it was carved
-some writing that was like, yet unlike, the hieroglyphics she had
-seen in Egypt, for the letters of which the writing was composed
-were wedge-shaped, with curious dots and arrow-heads every here
-and there between them.</p>
-
-<p>And then, smiling happily, the queen began to read the brick aloud.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Unto Amytis, my queen whom I love, who loveth me</i>, say,
-<i>It is well with me.</i> With thee also may it be well.... Let
-the wife of the king, my lady, be of good cheer, for a messenger<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span>
-of good luck from Belus walketh beside the king of the world....”</p>
-
-<p>Still smiling, she looked round her at her maidens, who all
-bowed low and murmured together.</p>
-
-<p>“Our lord the king, may he live for ever.”</p>
-
-<p>“The great god Belus, as you hear, protects him!” exclaimed
-Salome, turning to Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly the queen clapped her hands, and at the signal, her
-maidens snatched up the musical instruments they had laid aside, and
-their brown fingers began to sweep the strings of curiously shaped
-harps and lyres as they sang a chant of rejoicing....</p>
-
-<p>The sun was setting, and as she lay stretched out upon the tiger
-skin, Rachel saw the city below her glowing like a heap of jewels
-within the casket of its walls. The broad river was washed with
-gold, and reflected in its depths she saw the purple and embroidered
-sails of the ships passing and repassing, as they brought gold and
-ivory, fine linen and precious stones, to enrich still further the
-magnificence of Babylon. The long line of quays formed a white,
-glittering fringe on either side of the river. In the gardens and open
-courtyards between the houses the palms and cedar trees and
-masses of flowers shone like coloured fire, and the great temple
-of Belus towering towards the sky, with its seven storeys of seven
-colours, might have been the enchanted palace of a magician.
-Rachel gazed and gazed as though she wanted to fix the vision of so
-much loveliness upon her mind for ever.</p>
-
-<p>But her last look after all was for the beauty of the garden
-in which she sat&mdash;the Hanging Garden that might well, she thought,
-be called one of the World’s Wonders! For the sun’s last rays
-lent an even greater magic to the lemon groves, to the leaping
-cascades which flowed from the upper terrace and were lost among
-the forest trees beneath; to the pyramids of gorgeous flowers
-and to the group of singing girls surrounding their lovely queen.
-Their gauzy robes were dyed with crimson light, the jewels on the
-queen’s head-dress and on the brown hands touching the harp-strings
-gleamed dazzlingly, and the voices of the singers mingled
-with the deep hum of voices floating upwards from the swarming
-multitudes below.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Is not our Babylon well called ‘<i>the lady of kingdoms</i>’?” whispered
-Salome. “It shall endure for ever, and in ages to come
-men will travel hither to see its glories, and to gaze upon this our
-Hanging Garden&mdash;one of the Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel turned to look at the grave little girl who spoke like a
-woman, yet was perhaps no older than herself.</p>
-
-<p>For a moment she saw her great dark mournful eyes, and then,
-the whole scene, the garden, the great city below with its towers and
-palaces, disappeared. For yet another moment she saw the dreary
-desert, the three great mounds of earth under the blue sky, and almost
-at the same instant, she was walking in a gallery lined with
-cases, containing stones, bricks, and various other dull-coloured
-objects.... “These don’t look much like the letters the
-postman brings every morning, do they?” Mr. Sheston was saying.
-“Yet they are the sort of letters the Babylonians wrote to
-one another. These marks on the bricks were made with a metal
-stick, when the clay was still moist and soft, and then the tablet
-was baked, so that the writing should last practically for ever.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know!” cried Rachel. “The queen had a letter from the
-king Nebuchadnezzar, and it was in a sort of clay envelope. And
-she read it out, and&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>But Mr. Sheston only smiled, and went on telling her about the
-“brick letters” hundreds of which had already been discovered
-in the ruins that cover Babylon!</p>
-
-<p>It was a curious smile, and in some way it told Rachel that she
-must not talk much to Mr. Sheston about Sheshà&mdash;even though
-they were one and the same person.... “Why, even the beginnings
-of their names are alike!” she thought, suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, the Babylonians were wonderful people,” the old man
-exclaimed. “They were astronomers as well as sculptors and
-metal workers, you know. They built high towers from which they
-studied the stars. You may imagine what a splendid view of the sky
-they would have from these towers rising out of a flat country into
-air so absolutely clear that the stars look enormously big and bright.”</p>
-
-<p>“And they told fortunes by the stars, didn’t they?” Rachel
-asked, remembering the king’s letter.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Yes, they were <i>astrologers</i>, too&mdash;that is they believed that
-certain planets had an effect on people’s lives. But, putting that
-on one side, we have to thank them for the beginning of all the
-marvellous discoveries that later astronomers have made....
-Well, now, my dear,” he went on, presently, just like any other
-kind old gentleman, “I’m sure you’re ready for tea and buns.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was quite ready, and she also quite understood that
-“Mr. Sheston” and “Sheshà” wished to have very little to do
-with one another.</p>
-
-<p>So she only said, when, half an hour later, the old man left
-her at Aunt Hester’s door:</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you <i>ever</i> so much. I shall never forget Babylon, and&mdash;and&mdash;the
-Hanging Garden, you know. But there are five more
-Wonders of the World, aren’t there?” She could not help adding
-this, nor could she help a beseeching
-glance at Mr. Sheston.</p>
-
-<p>He laughed. “We’ll see about
-them, perhaps,” he said. But Rachel
-ran into the house quite satisfied.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe62_5" id="i_054">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_054.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="THIRD_WONDER">THIRD WONDER <br />
-THE COLOSSUS OF RHODES</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_055" style="max-width: 72.375em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_055.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>One morning, several days later, Rachel received a long letter
-from her father, in answer to one she had written to him before
-making the acquaintance of Mr. Sheston. (Though, indeed, as
-she remembered, she had even then met him without knowing it!)</p>
-
-<p>“You talk about the British Museum,” he wrote, “and that
-reminds me of a dear old friend of mine who works there. I don’t
-think I’ve ever told you about Mr. Sheston, have I? And now
-I come to think of it I don’t believe I’ve told <i>anyone</i> all he meant
-to me when I was a little boy, no older than you are now. I’ve
-never seen him since, but he was better to me then than a thousand
-beautiful mysterious books. He used to tell me the most
-wonderful stories, and I’ve never forgotten them. He must be a
-very old man now. (I thought him very old <i>then</i>, but, of course,
-he wasn’t really.) I believe he sometimes goes to see your Aunt
-Hester, and I want you to meet him. Perhaps he will tell you some
-of the strange things he told me. Perhaps even you will have
-‘adventures’ when you’re with him! And perhaps not. Anyhow,
-if you <i>do</i> have ‘adventures,’ take my advice and don’t talk
-about them. People as a rule don’t understand Mr. Sheston, and
-some of them say all sorts of silly things about him, and even think
-he’s mad. He isn’t. He’s the <i>oldest</i> and the wisest man in the
-world.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span></p>
-
-<p>Rachel folded up the letter feeling very happy. She and
-“Daddy” were great friends, and she was as she said to herself
-“frightfully glad” that Dad had known Mr. Sheston when he was
-a little boy. That hint he gave about “adventures” pleased her
-very much, as also his remark about Mr. Sheston being the oldest
-man in the world! Oh, yes, certainly Dad had passed through
-the same sort of experiences as those she had enjoyed since her
-meeting with his old friend. That was a splendid thought. And
-all at once she remembered that Dad also was the seventh child
-in his family. “So <i>he’s</i> mixed up with <i>sevens</i> too,” was her next
-reflection. “He’s one of the lucky people&mdash;like me. He’ll be
-awfully interested when he gets my last letter to say I’ve met Mr.
-Sheston already!”</p>
-
-<p>That very same morning, Aunt Hester had a note from the
-old man to ask if Miss Moore would be kind enough to bring Rachel
-to tea at his house the following day, at three o’clock. “I will
-bring her back again myself. Don’t trouble to answer this,
-because I shall rely upon seeing Rachel at the appointed time.”</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Hester brought the note into the schoolroom, and, after
-reading it aloud, laughed a little and shrugged her shoulders.</p>
-
-<p>“This is a <i>command</i>,” she said, addressing Miss Moore. “He
-always gets his own way. Will you see that the child arrives
-punctually?”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel wanted to jump for joy.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s exactly seven days since the last time I saw him,” she
-exclaimed. “How exciting!”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston’s house was tucked away in a little quiet square,
-near the Museum. It had a narrow front-door with a brass
-knocker that shone with much polishing, and above it, in the
-shape of a crescent, panes of glass divided by a tracery in white
-plaster.</p>
-
-<p>Within, the walls of hall and staircase were panelled with dark
-wood, and the room into which Rachel followed her host after
-Miss Moore had left her was, she thought, the nicest she had ever
-seen.</p>
-
-<p>It had three windows, and was long and low, and like the hall,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span>
-panelled right up to the ceiling. There were cushioned window-seats,
-and books everywhere, and great bowls of spring flowers
-on the tables. And in an old-fashioned grate with hobs, a fire
-sparkled cheerfully, for it was a cold gloomy afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>Tea was laid on a table in front of the fire, and in a few moments
-the dearest old woman in a frilled close-fitting cap and a spotless
-apron, entered, bringing
-a teapot and a kettle,
-which she placed on
-the hob.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe53_125" id="i_057">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_057.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>She smiled at Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“The very image of
-her father, isn’t she,
-sir?” she remarked.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Did you know
-Dad?” enquired Rachel,
-joyfully.</p>
-
-<p>“Martha has known
-all my young friends,”
-said Mr. Sheston.</p>
-
-<p>“Many’s the time
-your father has sat
-where you’re sitting
-now, my dear,” the old woman continued.
-“He was no older than you then, and had
-just your look.”</p>
-
-<p>She went out of the room quietly, leaving Rachel much interested,
-and glad to be in a place that Dad had once known well.</p>
-
-<p>She would like to have asked all sorts of questions about her
-father when he was a little boy, but, remembering his letter, she
-felt in some curious way that it would be better not to do so.</p>
-
-<p>Tea was a most cosy and delicious meal, but it was only after
-old Martha had cleared the table and swept up the hearth that
-Rachel said rather disappointedly&mdash;“Then we’re not going to
-the British Museum?” Mr. Sheston smiled. “Not to-day. I’m
-going to tell you a story instead. But first you’ll have to listen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span>
-to a little lecture.” He took an atlas from one of the book-shelves,
-and opened it on the table before her. “The story I am going
-to tell you has something to do with Greece, and in order that you
-may understand it better, I want you first to look at this. It
-is a map of Europe as it was three thousand years ago, showing
-the countries round the Mediterranean Sea. All the parts of the
-countries that belonged to Greece in those days are coloured pink.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel looked, and saw many pink islands in the Mediterranean
-Sea, as well as pink strips along the coast of Asia Minor, and even
-a pink tip to the heel of Italy.</p>
-
-<p>“The Greek people had a lot of land&mdash;only all scattered about,”
-she remarked.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston nodded.</p>
-
-<p>“Like England, it was a little country owning a lot of land&mdash;‘scattered
-about,’ as you say. Well now, these islands were the
-Greek colonies, just as India and South Africa and Australia are
-our colonies. Again, like the English, the Greeks were great
-colonists. They sent out their people to live and build and work
-in places sometimes far distant from the mother country. But
-now I want you to find on the map one particular island-colony
-called <i>Rhodes</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here it is!” cried Rachel, in a minute, putting her finger
-on a pink-coloured spot. “It’s a good long way from Greece,”
-she observed, “and quite close to Asia Minor.”</p>
-
-<p>“It belonged to Greece, however,” said Mr. Sheston, folding
-up the map. “I only want you to remember its name, and where
-it is. Now come and look at this statue.”</p>
-
-<p>He got up, and Rachel followed him to a recess on which stood
-a beautiful little figure of a god.</p>
-
-<p>“That is a god called Phœbus Apollo,” said Mr. Sheston. “To
-the Greeks he meant all the best things in the world&mdash;the sun,
-poetry, music, wisdom and truth, and everything that is free and
-beautiful.”</p>
-
-<p>“The gods they worshipped in Egypt and Babylon weren’t
-beautiful,” said Rachel. “But this god <i>is</i>. He’s much better
-than the others.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Because the Greeks themselves were in some ways higher
-and better than the Egyptians or the Babylonians. They were
-thinkers and artists, and their minds were free. Therefore they
-were able to imagine beautiful gods, and they became the greatest
-race of people that ever lived.... Do you remember the name
-of their chief city?”</p>
-
-<p>“Athens,” answered Rachel, who was rather good at geography.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Athens,” repeated Mr. Sheston, softly. “Wonderful
-Athens! Well, now, my dear, I can begin my story, asking
-you to remember that Greece had many colonies, peopled by Greeks
-whose general life was very much like the life led by the citizens
-of Athens in the mother country. They worshipped the same
-gods&mdash;Phœbus Apollo amongst them&mdash;and they were, in fact,
-part of the Grecian Empire....”</p>
-
-<p>He was silent for a minute or two, and the room was so quiet
-and restful that Rachel had almost begun to feel pleasantly
-drowsy when she heard his voice again. “What I am going
-to tell you, I once told your father years ago in this very room,
-and he sat just where you are sitting now,” he said. Before she
-had time to make a reply, he began the story, and though his first
-words ought, as Rachel afterwards reflected, to have been rather
-startling, they seemed perfectly natural, for she was getting used
-to the idea that, as Dad said, Mr. Sheston was “the <i>oldest</i> man in
-the world.”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>“When I was a little boy, nearer three than two thousand years
-ago, I lived in the island of Rhodes. You know where it is, because
-a minute or two ago, you found it on the map, and saw it
-marked in the Mediterranean Sea as an island some long way from
-Greece.</p>
-
-<p>“In the map, it was nothing but a little blotch coloured pink,
-so it’s not surprising if you have no idea what <i>I</i> see, when I remember
-Rhodes as I knew it nearly three thousand years ago.
-I’ll describe the vision that rises before me now.</p>
-
-<p>“First of all, my own home. It is a big white house with pillars
-at the entrance, and a flat roof, standing in a garden full of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span>
-roses that slopes down almost to the harbour of the town of Rhodes.
-The harbour is full of ships&mdash;our own, and those from Tyre and
-Athens and Smyrna, and all the great seaports on the Mediterranean&mdash;ships
-with curious curved sails, some of them purple
-and embroidered with strange devices.”</p>
-
-<p>(“Like the ships from Tyre I saw at Babylon,” thought
-Rachel, though she did not care to interrupt.)</p>
-
-<p>“Beyond the great harbour with its crowded shipping and
-merchandise of green and purple figs, heaps of dates, bales of fine
-muslin and linen, chests&mdash;some full of spices, others of gold and
-ivory&mdash;lies the sea, blue as the bluest sapphire, over which, going
-and coming from every harbour of every country whose shores
-touched the Mediterranean, ships go sailing. That is the picture
-I have in my mind when I think of Rhodes as I knew it ages ago.</p>
-
-<p>“My name in those days was Cleon, and I had a beautiful
-mother, and a little sister called Penelope.</p>
-
-<p>“But before I go on, I must tell you that by the time I came
-into the world, Athens, our mother city, where my father had
-been born, was no longer so great and powerful as it had been in
-the days a hundred years before my time. All sorts of trouble
-had come to Greece. It had been conquered by a certain king
-called Alexander the Great, who died just before I was born, and
-all the time I was a child, the generals of his army were quarrelling
-among themselves&mdash;each one trying to get the largest share of
-all the great kingdoms their master King Alexander had won.
-You will ask what that had to do with Rhodes, and with my beautiful
-home, and with the happiness of everyone I loved. It had
-all too much to do with us, as I will explain.</p>
-
-<p>“Our island had indeed been conquered by Alexander the Great,
-but fifty years before I was born we had regained our liberty,
-had become a republic and also the greatest sea nation in the
-world. But now, though the great conqueror himself was dead,
-one of his generals, jealous of our power, determined to subdue
-us and make us slaves again. This man’s name was Demetrius,
-and, because he had become so famous in war, he was generally
-called Demetrius, the Besieger of Cities.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I was twelve years old when the news came that this dreaded
-Demetrius had declared war on Rhodes, and was coming to besiege
-us, and never shall I forget the speech my father (who was
-Governor of Rhodes) made to the citizens that day!</p>
-
-<p>“‘We are Greeks,’ he said, ‘and worthy children of Athens,
-our mother city. Never will we yield to Demetrius! Let us
-prepare for the greatest siege that has ever been known.’</p>
-
-<p>“A great shout answered him, and my father at once began to
-make preparations.</p>
-
-<p>“‘First of all,’ he said, ‘every useless person must be sent
-out of Rhodes.’ That meant all the women and children, and
-all men who were not strong enough to fight. For, in the long
-siege that was expected, there would not be sufficient food for
-anyone but workmen and soldiers. Workmen must instantly
-begin to make every sort of warlike weapon, including machines
-as far as possible like those which Demetrius would certainly
-employ against the city. Other workmen must strengthen its
-walls, toiling day and night. Everyone in fact must labour as
-they had never done before. I followed him from the marketplace
-that day full of dread. If all the children were to go, should
-I have to leave Rhodes just at this stirring time, when I so longed
-to be in the midst of things? Yet I dared not ask my father to
-let me stay, for I knew I must not trouble him with my affairs
-when he had the whole town’s business on his mind. I was very
-miserable, for I knew he intended to send me, with my mother
-and little sister, to Athens. But you shall hear how it was that
-I after all remained in Rhodes through the whole dreadful siege.</p>
-
-<p>“One of our greatest friends was a certain young sculptor
-called Chares. He was very fond of me, and deeply interested in
-a curious gift which, even as a child, I possessed. My greatest
-amusement and interest had always been to draw <i>plans</i> of houses
-and towns, and I drew them so correctly and well that everyone
-was amazed, for I had never been taught. To <i>me</i> there was
-nothing wonderful about this, for it seemed quite easy, and I could
-never understand why Chares looked upon my work with so much
-astonishment.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span></p>
-
-<p>“As soon as I dared I began to beg and entreat not to be sent
-away, till my father, growing angry, silenced me, and I was just
-creeping off miserably when Chares, who was with us, spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“He had picked up a plan of the town on which I had been
-working, and I saw him studying it attentively, all the time I was
-begging to stay.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Yield to the boy, Hippias,’ he exclaimed, suddenly. ‘Who
-knows that this gift of his,’ he tapped the paper he held, ‘may
-not be of value? I think he should remain with us.’</p>
-
-<p>“My father looked from me to Chares, and, after a moment’s
-silence, said quietly, and to my great joy, ‘So be it. That is’&mdash;turning
-to me&mdash;he went on: ‘if you can bear hunger and even
-wounds perhaps, like a man. We must have no whimpering
-children in Rhodes.’</p>
-
-<p>“I felt I could bear anything if only I might remain, and I was
-unspeakably grateful to my dear Chares for his interference. I
-knew my father not only trusted him greatly, but also had an
-idea that he was favoured by the gods, and could look into the
-future. It was because <i>he</i> pleaded for me that my wish was granted.</p>
-
-<p>“In a few days I was the youngest person left in Rhodes,
-which was now filled only with soldiers and workmen. Those
-were wonderful days when we waited for the coming of the fleet
-that was to destroy us! Almost every hour fresh troops were
-landed, for the countries that were friendly to us sent us soldiers
-in plenty. Many of them were our own countrymen&mdash;Greeks
-from other colonies, who rejoiced to fight with us, and arrived
-shouting, singing, and full of delight. All day long I ran here,
-there and everywhere in the town. Now I was down by the harbour
-to see a fresh ship full of warriors come sailing in; now I
-walked round the city walls to watch the workmen strengthening
-and repairing them. But most time of all I spent in the sheds
-where the great war engines were being built, for these fascinated
-me beyond measure, and I wondered whether even the celebrated
-Demetrius had better or larger ones than those we were making.
-I was soon to know.</p>
-
-<p>“My father had brought me up to reverence the gods, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span>
-the chief god of our worship was Phœbus Apollo&mdash;lord of the sun
-which poured its light so gloriously upon our island, and ripened
-our grapes and figs, and made the whole land lovely and pleasant
-to the sight.</p>
-
-<p>“In our garden there was a little white marble temple, and in
-it, with an altar in front, stood a beautiful statue of the god, made
-by our friend, Chares, the sculptor. Here I often went to pray
-for victory. One morning I woke before sunrise, and the loveliness
-of the sky made me wish to worship the god of the approaching
-day.</p>
-
-<p>“Like a vast mirror the scarcely heaving sea reflected the
-pink glow of the sky, where little golden clouds like feathers
-floated just above the horizon, and a broad band of amber was
-growing momentarily brighter.</p>
-
-<p>“I rose quickly from my place on the roof, and, running past
-rooms filled with sleeping soldiers (for our house had been turned
-into a barracks), made my way into the garden all mysterious,
-dim and dewy in the dawn.</p>
-
-<p>“I crossed wet lawns, stopped to pick a handful of the roses
-that poured in a crimson torrent from a stone urn, and then ran
-on to the grove of lemon trees in which stood the temple.</p>
-
-<p>“To my surprise I found someone there before me. A dark
-figure stood within. Just at that moment, the first ray of the
-risen sun darted like a golden arrow between the pillars of the
-temple, and the marble statue of the god appeared bathed in
-dazzling light.</p>
-
-<p>“The figure I had seen was now kneeling at the foot of the
-altar, and I recognised Chares.</p>
-
-<p>“Very softly I crept into the temple, and, dropping my roses
-on the altar, knelt beside him.</p>
-
-<p>“Then Chares rose to his feet, and stretching out his arms,
-prayed aloud. His words, spoken in the Greek tongue, sounded
-like beautiful poetry, but I can only give you in another and
-different language, a poor idea of the prayer he offered to Phœbus
-Apollo.</p>
-
-<p>“‘O mighty lord of the sun and of all the beauty in striving<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span>
-for which men are raised above the beasts that perish, grant us
-victory in the coming strife. I, Chares, thy worshipper, who
-have many times fashioned in thine honour statues which but
-faintly show forth my dreams of thy perfection, do make a vow
-before thee here, at the rising of the sun, that, if to thy people of
-Rhodes comes the victory we crave, I will raise to thy glory such
-a statue as never man yet beheld&mdash;the Wonder of the World, an
-everlasting sign of thy mercy, the best and last work of my hands.’</p>
-
-<p>“The little temple was flooded with sunlight, and the heap
-of roses on the altar was glowing like a crimson fire, when Chares
-turned, and, seeing me beside him, laid his hand on my shoulder.
-We moved out of the temple, and he was just going to speak when
-I pointed with a cry to the horizon. Crowding sails were in sight,
-and Chares started. ‘They come!’ he exclaimed. ‘At what
-better moment than after my prayer and vow?’</p>
-
-<p>“But, even before the last words were uttered, such a shout
-went up from the harbour and the town as to make my heart beat
-and set me trembling with excitement. From the house, across
-the lawns to the gates which led to the seashore, the soldiers came
-rushing, and, in a few moments, Rhodes was humming and
-buzzing like a hornet’s nest.</p>
-
-<p>“So the famous siege of Rhodes began. You will read all
-about it when you are older, for it was one of the most celebrated
-sieges in history. To me, as to hundreds of others, it was a time
-which, though full of excitement, was still more full of misery and
-sorrow. My dear father was killed fighting bravely, and many,
-many of our friends.</p>
-
-<p>“Months passed, and sometimes we won a victory, breaking
-through the enemy forces, and sometimes Demetrius, with his
-terrible war machines, triumphed. He had succeeded in landing
-on our island and was encamped on a hill near our city, while <i>we</i>
-within <i>our</i> walls, resisted all his efforts to break them down.</p>
-
-<p>“After nine or ten months of fighting, our sailors won a splendid
-victory against the fleet of Demetrius, and the temples of the gods
-were crowded with worshippers giving thanks for our success.</p>
-
-<p>“Since my father’s death, Chares had lived with me in our once<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span>
-beautiful house (now a barracks for the soldiers), and he and I
-preferred to worship in our own little private temple of Phœbus
-Apollo. When we left it that day, the sun was setting, and the
-roses, which during the war had grown in wild profusion, almost
-smothered the shrine, and made it look as though set in the midst
-of scarlet flames.</p>
-
-<p>“Chares glanced back at it, and put his hand on my shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Cleon,’ he said, ‘if the statue I have in mind ever rises to
-the honour of the god, it will be through <i>you</i>.’</p>
-
-<p>“I was startled and impressed by his words which I did not
-understand. How could I, still a child, and not even allowed to
-fight, have anything to do with victory&mdash;if victory ever came?
-For we knew that Demetrius had but retired to bring fresh forces
-against us. I began to say something like this, but Chares paid
-no heed to my words.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Are you keeping your drawings and plans in safety?’ he
-asked, as though to change the subject. For he knew that my
-days now were chiefly occupied in making plans of different parts
-of the city, and also careful drawings of our own, as well as of the
-enemy’s war machines. This I did to amuse myself, and often,
-though Chares did not know this, ran into great danger in my
-eagerness to see something I thought useful or important, more
-closely.</p>
-
-<p>“‘How do you think this gift has come to you?’ asked Chares
-presently, when I had assured him that I kept all my drawings.</p>
-
-<p>“And when I said I had never thought about it, and did not
-consider it a ‘gift,’ because to me it was like a kind of game, he
-replied gravely,</p>
-
-<p>“‘Some day you will know.’</p>
-
-<p>“We were not left long to enjoy our victory, for soon rumours
-began to fly about which filled us with anxiety.</p>
-
-<p>“Demetrius, beaten for the time, had indeed retired, but it
-was known that he had invented, and was building, a new and a
-more terrible war engine than had ever before been designed. By
-this time, in Rhodes, we were nearly starving, for our food was
-almost all gone, and Phrynis, our general, was full of anxiety,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span>
-for though he did not doubt the courage of our troops, he knew
-they could not fight if they were weak for lack of nourishment.
-You may imagine his relief when, just at the blackest moment of
-despair, some ships sent by our friend, the King of Egypt,
-managed to get past the watching fleet of the enemy, laden with
-corn, and, a few days afterwards, other ships arrived with fresh
-troops to help our tired men.</p>
-
-<p>“After they had rested and been well fed, Phrynis gave orders
-for soldiers and sailors to prepare for the great machine which
-would soon be at our gates, by building an <i>inner</i> wall behind that
-which encircled the city. To do this it was necessary to pull down
-a great many houses, and, among them, my own beautiful home,
-and even the little temple of Phœbus Apollo. Before this was
-done, we held a solemn service within the temple, and again
-Chares renewed his vow to make the statue, and begged forgiveness
-of the god for having to destroy one of his dwelling-places.
-I thought my heart would break when instead of the white house
-I knew and loved, with its marble columns, its flights of marble
-steps leading to a garden beautiful as a dream, I saw waste land,
-scattered over with stones and rubbish, all the roses trampled
-under foot, and desolation far and wide about the new wall that
-was rising. But we were fighting for our lives, and there was
-no time either for sorrow or regret.</p>
-
-<p>“Meanwhile, the war machine which Demetrius was preparing
-for our destruction was nearly completed. It was being built
-upon that part of the island already in possession of the enemy,
-and marvellous tales about its size and deadliness were daily
-brought into the city by those of our soldiers who had seen it.
-The name they said that was given to the new engine was
-<i>helepolis</i>, which means <i>destroyer of cities</i>. As time went on, I
-could think of nothing but this awful monster, which I was
-quite sure <i>might</i> be overcome if only one could think of the
-means.</p>
-
-<p>“By now, so many were the plans I had made of our city
-that there was scarcely a yard of it I did not know, and one day
-I said to Chares,</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span></p>
-
-<p>“‘If only we could discover to which point of the walls this
-<i>helepolis</i> will be brought when it begins its attack upon us.’</p>
-
-<p>“Chares glanced at me quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Why?’ he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Because, if only I knew that, I should also know at once
-what to do.’</p>
-
-<p>“I spoke with great confidence, for I was really quite sure of
-the plan I had in mind&mdash;though <i>why</i> I was so sure, I could not tell.</p>
-
-<p>“Chares looked at me again, and then as though he had dismissed
-the subject, said, ‘To-day I will take you where you may
-work at your maps and plans in greater quiet.’</p>
-
-<p>“Since the destruction of our house, another in the heart of
-the town had become our General Headquarters, and here everything
-was crowded and rough and noisy with the incessant
-tramping of soldiers about its door, and there was no spot in it
-that I could call my own. So I was glad that Chares had found
-a place for me, and, when after several hours’ absence, he returned,
-I willingly followed him to a house on the hill-side beyond the walls.
-We passed through a quiet garden and presently entered a room,
-where, to my surprise, I saw our general Phrynis, several other
-officers, and one or two men I knew to be engineers. These men
-smiled in an amused way when I came in, and I heard one whisper
-to another,</p>
-
-<p>“‘Have we been brought here to consult with a child?’</p>
-
-<p>“But Chares drew a stool up to the table in the window space,
-and told me to open the ground plans of the city and the maps
-I had brought, and when the men crowded round to see, I noticed
-that their faces altered as they passed my drawings from one to
-the other in silence.</p>
-
-<p>“At last Phrynis, who was very grave, spoke touching a point
-on one of my plans of the town.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Cleon,’ he said, ‘if the new war engine should be posted at
-<i>this</i> part of the wall, what would you do supposing you had everything
-you wanted at your command?’</p>
-
-<p>“Then I began to explain very fast and confidently&mdash;(for it
-all seemed quite simple to me)&mdash;just the way in which I would<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span>
-lay a mine under that part of the wall, and just the spot where
-the engine would sink, if certain directions were carried out.</p>
-
-<p>“The men glanced at one another again in silence, and all at
-once Phrynis rose. ‘The work begins to-night,’ I heard him say.
-‘There is no time to lose. Back to the city.’</p>
-
-<p>“The soldiers clattered out, leaving me alone with Chares,
-who took my hand and whispered hurriedly, ‘It is right you should
-know&mdash;though you understand that no word must cross your
-lips. It is <i>there</i>, opposite the place on the plan pointed out to
-you by Phrynis, that the machine will be planted. This we have
-learnt through our spies. So important is the secret that Phrynis
-would hold no meeting in the city itself, and therefore have we
-come to this quiet place. You are to follow and direct the work
-as soon as it grows dark.’</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe43_75" id="i_068">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_068.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Can you at all imagine
-what a thrilling night that
-was for me when by
-the light of torches
-I saw hundreds of
-men working under
-my direction? At
-the time I was too
-preoccupied to wonder
-how it happened
-that I knew exactly
-what to say and do.
-It seemed to me
-every now and then
-that I had done and
-said the same things
-many times before
-and therefore need
-not hesitate, nor
-even think. It was
-as though something
-was happening in
-my sleep, quite easily and naturally.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span></p>
-
-<p>“When the first streak of dawn was in the sky, the work was
-finished, and, all at once worn out, I was almost carried by Chares
-to our barracks, where I slept for hours. All the rest of that day
-we waited in suspense, for, though we knew the war machine was
-ready, we were not sure when the attack would be made.</p>
-
-<p>“It came the next morning. Shouts and battle cries from
-the besiegers, and terrific blasts from their trumpets were followed
-by flights of arrows, as the huge monster moving towards us over
-the waste ground beyond the walls drew near.</p>
-
-<p>“I watched it, with my heart thumping. The ground
-already in the possession of Demetrius had been levelled so that
-the ‘destroyer of cities’ might move more easily, and I knew just
-where the mine would strike it&mdash;if only we had not been deceived
-about the track over which it was to pass!</p>
-
-<p>“But suppose Demetrius had changed his plans? Or that
-the spies were wrong? Suppose the machine should pass a
-shade too far on the right or the left of the mine. It would then
-arrive safely beneath the wall, and we should all, I thought, be
-destroyed. For never had I, or any of the Rhodians, imagined
-such a monster as this!</p>
-
-<p>“It was like a square castle upon wheels. Thousands of soldiers
-pushed it forward, but their toil was made easier by the wheels
-or castors which turned every way under the great frame supporting
-it. Nine storeys I counted, with staircases leading up and
-down from one to the other. The whole monster, half animal,
-half tower (as it looked), was covered with iron plates like the
-scales on a serpent. In the front of each storey there were little
-windows with leather curtains which moved up and down, covering
-them&mdash;meant, no doubt, to break the force of the stones and
-darts we should hurl in our defence. On it came, towering above
-our walls, its windows like the awful eyes of some dragon, glaring
-at its victims. As yet it had not begun to spit forth stones and
-darts and flaming torches, but evidently it was only waiting for
-this till it should be closer at hand, and more deadly in effect.</p>
-
-<p>“While I held my breath in terror lest anything in my plan
-should go wrong, I yet noticed with pride the spirit of our men<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span>
-who shouted their battle-cries, and shot streams of arrows in return
-for those sent over by the enemy foot-soldiers. Nearer and nearer
-came the monster&mdash;my heart stood still&mdash;and then, just as I was
-feeling I must faint or scream, with such a crash as to make the
-whole city totter, it suddenly disappeared into the ground. <i>Almost</i>
-disappeared, for only the topmost and smallest storey was
-visible!</p>
-
-<p>“At first it seemed as though the whole world had been suddenly
-struck dumb. Not a sound was heard from either side,
-besiegers or besieged. Then, after that moment of deathly silence
-a cry went up from the city that was like nothing I ever heard.
-The next moment I felt the arms of Chares catching me before I
-fell to the ground.</p>
-
-<p>“The excitement and suspense had been too much for me,
-and when I opened my eyes I was lying in our barracks, and Phrynis,
-Chares, and crowds of other people, were waiting to embrace
-me, and call me the saviour of our city.</p>
-
-<p>“For the war had ended while I was unconscious. Phrynis
-afterwards told me that messengers from many parts of Greece
-had for some days past arrived at the camp of Demetrius, urging
-him to make peace with us on our own terms. But he added:
-‘It was the failure of his last and greatest engine rather than the
-entreaties of his friends that decided him to struggle no more for
-victory. The victory is ours, and we owe it to you, Cleon, a child
-in years, but a man in genius.’</p>
-
-<p>“Such praise as this might well have filled me with foolish
-pride and vanity if I had not been quite sure that somehow or
-other I had been <i>helped</i>. I had not thought out the plan at all.
-It had come ready-made into my mind. But when I tried to explain
-this to Phrynis, he merely laughed at what he called my
-modesty, and I could see he did not understand. It was only
-Chares who understood, and made <i>me</i> understand also. But that
-came much later on, as I presently will tell you.</p>
-
-<p>“Meanwhile everyone was mad with joy that the siege which
-had lasted a whole year, and was the most wonderful and celebrated
-that had ever happened, was over. Trumpets blew, bells<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span>
-rang, the city adorned with flowers and crowded with rejoicing
-people gave itself up to festivity.</p>
-
-<p>“But in all this triumph I had no share, for I was too ill and
-unhappy to take any part in the victory rejoicings. Not only
-had excitement, lack of food, and the long strain of the war injured
-my health but sad news soon came to me from Athens, where
-my mother and sister were living.</p>
-
-<p>“Chares had taken me to live with him at his house in Lindus,
-a town in the island not far from Rhodes, and there I heard
-that my mother was dead. She was ill when tidings of my father’s
-death reached her, and from the shock and grief of this news she
-never recovered. So the war had robbed me of both my parents
-and separated me from my sister, to whom some friend in Athens
-had offered a home.</p>
-
-<p>“You may imagine that I was a very unhappy little boy in
-those first days of victory, and it was not for a long time that I
-could bring myself to take joy in the great work that lay before
-my friend, Chares.</p>
-
-<p>“Almost as soon as the fighting ceased, he began the statue
-promised to the god, Phœbus Apollo&mdash;that statue which became
-one of the Seven Wonders of the World.</p>
-
-<p>“To explain how such a statue as this, requiring enormous
-sums of money and an enormous quantity of metal became possible
-to make, I must tell you what happened after we made peace.</p>
-
-<p>“Demetrius was a generous enemy, and just before withdrawing
-all his troops from the island, he actually sent us all the very
-war machines he had built for our destruction, saying that he could
-not sufficiently admire our gallant defence! Now the materials
-of which these engines were made were immensely valuable, and
-the citizens agreed to sell them and to put the great sum of money
-they received for them at the disposal of Chares.</p>
-
-<p>“So Chares began his work, and for twelve long years I saw
-the famous statue of the Sun-God growing under his hands in the
-open-air workshop he used for his task.</p>
-
-<p>“By the end of those twelve years I was, of course, a grown man.
-Many things had happened. I had worked hard and was now<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span>
-a very famous engineer, well known in all the islands of the Mediterranean.
-I had caused my old home to be rebuilt, as well as
-the little temple to Phœbus Apollo. I was married, and had little
-children of my own, who played in the garden I had known as
-a boy. It was lovely as ever now, for in that warm climate plants
-grow quickly, and once more it was full of roses and fragrant with
-the scent of lemon groves.</p>
-
-<p>“All this you must understand before I tell you what
-happened on the evening of the day the great statue was finished.</p>
-
-<p>“That evening Chares was my guest, and the next day was
-to be one of special rejoicing. For not only was there high festival
-in the city&mdash;because, at last, the statue was to be set up at
-the entrance to the harbour&mdash;but it was also the marriage day of
-Chares and my sister, Penelope, who had now come to live with
-us. By this time she was a beautiful maiden of eighteen, and
-I was only too happy to think she was to be the wife of my friend.</p>
-
-<p>“Long after all the house was quiet that night, and everyone
-else slept, Chares and I sat on the terrace that overlooked the sea,
-and talked of the future and the past.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Cleon,’ said Chares, after a silence, ‘have you no wonder
-about the part you played in the siege, you being then but a
-child?’</p>
-
-<p>“‘I have wondered, indeed, and I still wonder,’ I answered.
-‘Often I have seemed to be just about to understand the miracle
-of my knowledge when I planned the overthrow of the war engine
-And a moment later I am again confused.’</p>
-
-<p>“‘Come!’ exclaimed Chares, after a silence. ‘Let us go to
-the temple in the grove. It was there I made my vow to Phœbus
-Apollo, and it is just that there I should return thanks on this,
-the happiest evening of my life, when my work is at last finished.’</p>
-
-<p>“We rose and walked across the moon-silvered lawn towards
-the little temple gleaming white amidst the lemon trees.</p>
-
-<p>“I can never forget the beauty of the night. We could hear
-the gently murmuring sea where it lay under the moon, calm as
-a shining lake.</p>
-
-<p>“The shadows of the trees lay motionless on the grass, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span>
-made a lovely tracery upon the temple roof, and the air was full
-of sweet scents. Once again, as when I was a boy, I picked a
-handful of roses, and laid them on the altar at the feet of the statue,
-which, carefully preserved during the war, stood once more on its
-marble pedestal. We knelt before it, and Chares offered a strange
-prayer. From his words I knew that he was praying to a <i>Spirit</i>,
-and that the statue before which he prayed only represented one
-little idea (which was all we poor human beings might understand)
-of some God greater than we could know, or than any
-statue could suggest. His prayer ended, he turned to me, and I
-saw him take something from the folds of his tunic. The moonlight
-glittered on what I now saw to be a crystal ball which he
-put into my hands.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Look steadfastly within it,’ he said gravely. ‘Here, in this
-temple, it may be, you will understand.’</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe43_75" id="i_073">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_073.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Full of wonder, I began to gaze into the depths of the
-crystal, for the moonlight was so bright that everything reflected
-in the ball was plainly visible. At first I saw nothing but a little
-upside-down picture of the temple itself, and the overhanging
-trees, but after a moment
-this reflection melted away,
-and other scenes appeared,
-dissolving and reappearing
-so rapidly that I could catch
-but a glimpse of each. Then,
-all at once, a clear steady
-vision, upon which I looked
-intently, took the place
-of these shifting ones.
-There were pyramids in this
-scene, visible from the open
-door of a vast hall with
-sculptured figures at the entrance.
-And in that hall I
-saw <i>myself</i>! But I was not
-clothed in my ordinary linen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span>
-tunic. I wore a strange robe, and a still stranger head-dress, and
-I was bending over something that looked like a plan of a building.
-For a moment I was puzzled, and altogether confused&mdash;till
-in a flash I <i>remembered</i>, and as the truth came to me, I gave a
-startled cry.</p>
-
-<p>“Chares was looking at me with a smile as I raised my head.</p>
-
-<p>“‘I was Sheshà&mdash;chief engineer and architect among the
-priests of Egypt, long ages ago,’ I exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Do you understand now why you were able to plan that
-mine, and save our city?’ asked Chares quietly. ‘It was knowledge
-you had already gained in another far-away life, though you
-were ignorant whence it came, and why the work was easy to you.’</p>
-
-<p>“I was struck dumb with wonder, for not only did I remember
-my life as Sheshà, but fragments of many other lives since then
-began to come back to me, some vividly, some only as a sort of
-confused dream.</p>
-
-<p>“But Chares put his hand on my arm and led me out of the
-temple.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Leave your memories now, and let us go in and sleep,’ he
-said. ‘See, a new day has begun&mdash;the greatest day for me in
-this my present life.’ He pointed to the east, where the first grey
-streaks of dawn were visible, and I followed him into the house.
-So for the first time I <i>remembered</i>. There have been many, many
-lives since, and in some of them I again forgot all that had gone
-before. But, once more now, the old man you know as ‘Mr.
-Sheston,’ remembers again, otherwise he would not be telling you
-this story&mdash;which is nearly at an end.</p>
-
-<p>“When the sun rose we were awakened by the sound of
-trumpets, the clashing of bells and the shouting of the workmen
-who were dragging the huge brazen figure on its wheeled platform
-from the workshop. Later on in the morning, came the procession
-through the city, where Chares led my beautiful sister up to the
-great temple. Children strewed flowers before them as they passed
-through shouting multitudes, praising Chares and showering
-blessings upon him and his newly made bride.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe50" id="i_075">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span>
-<img class="w100" src="images/i_075.jpg" alt="" />
-<div class="caption"><p>‘IT WILL LAST FOR EVER’</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“By sundown, hundreds of workmen working with a will had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span>
-set up the statue, on a pedestal at the entrance to the harbour,
-and now crowds of the citizens took ship, to view it from the sea.</p>
-
-<p>“In a gorgeously painted barge, all my household, with Chares
-and my sister in the places of honour, floated out of the harbour,
-and we turned to gaze at the wonderful figure. It flashed and
-glittered in the light of the setting sun, as though the god thus
-by a gracious sign accepted the gift. A mighty and beautiful
-figure it was, towering against the sky; a giant in bronze, proud,
-stately and awe-inspiring&mdash;a fit memorial of the famous siege of
-Rhodes. Well might it become, as it did, one of the Seven
-Wonders of the World.</p>
-
-<p>“‘It will last for ever&mdash;like the Pyramids!’ I whispered to
-Chares as I took his hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Little did any of us know that it would last little longer than
-one lifetime. In eighty years that marvellous statue was a heap
-of ruins. A great earthquake, which shook Rhodes to its foundations,
-shattered it also to fragments, and only a memory of one
-of the most famous statues in the world remained. And even
-that memory faded and grew false, for legends gathered about
-the celebrated ‘Colossus of Rhodes,’ and men actually believed
-that it had stood astride the harbour and that ships in full sail
-passed under its huge body as under an arch.</p>
-
-<p>“This could only have been thought possible by men who had
-forgotten, or never knew, the beautiful Greek sculpture. Never
-could a Greek artist have made a figure ugly and grotesque as
-this would have been, if later descriptions had been true. And
-I who saw the statue daily, smile when, sometimes even in these
-days, I read such a description of it in books of history. Chares
-was a true artist, and his simple, noble statue was worthy of him,
-and worthy of its fame as one of the World’s Seven Wonders.”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston’s voice died away, and at this moment Martha
-came in with a lamp; the room was all at once lighted up, and the
-old man glanced at the clock.</p>
-
-<p>“I must take you back at once,” he said. “Aunt Hester
-will be getting anxious.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span></p>
-
-<p>He rose quickly, and Rachel knew without being told that she
-mustn’t ask him any questions. He had become the kind,
-ordinary old gentleman he seemed to most people&mdash;not at all the
-same person who in the firelight had looked so mysterious and
-had told her the whole long story to which she had just listened,
-as though he were reading it from a book!</p>
-
-<p>As she lay in bed that night, Rachel’s mind was
-full of the great statue and the great siege, and in
-imagination she saw the sun-god proudly guarding
-the harbour of “Cleon’s” brave island.</p>
-
-<p>“I <i>do</i> wish there hadn’t been an earthquake,”
-was her waking reflection.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe137_4375" id="i_078">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_078.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="FOURTH_WONDER">FOURTH WONDER <br />
-THE TEMPLE OF DIANA</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_079" style="max-width: 87.5em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_079.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Lessons always began for Rachel with a chapter in the Bible
-which she read to Miss Moore. She was allowed to choose her own
-chapter, and one morning, as she opened her Bible at random,
-the word <i>Ephesus</i> struck her. She wondered why this name
-immediately reminded her of Mr. Sheston and the story of Rhodes,
-for at first they seemed to have nothing to do with one another.
-Then she remembered that on the map&mdash;(why it was actually
-<i>seven</i> days ago since he had shown her that map)&mdash;she had seen
-the town <i>Ephesus</i> marked on the coast of Asia Minor.</p>
-
-<p>“Shall I read this? It’s the nineteenth chapter of the Acts
-of the Apostles,” she asked suddenly, addressing her governess.</p>
-
-<p>“Very well,” agreed Miss Moore.</p>
-
-<p>So Rachel began to read how St. Paul, having come to Ephesus
-to preach Christianity, had roused the anger of a certain silversmith,
-Demetrius by name, who “made silver shrines for Diana.”
-This man, as it appeared from the story, was greatly afraid of
-losing his trade, because so many people were becoming Christians
-that no one, he thought, would care any more for the silver shrines.
-He therefore tried to stir up the citizens against St. Paul and his
-teaching, by calling together a great crowd of people, to whom
-he declared that all the silversmiths and workmen would suffer
-through this new religion of Christianity. “<i>So that not only this
-our craft is in danger to be set at naught</i>,” he said, “<i>but also that the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span>
-temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence
-should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshippeth</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel read this with interest, for she had actually <i>seen</i> some
-of the temples built thousands of years ago, in honour of certain
-gods, and she guessed that the temple for a goddess, “whom all
-Asia and the world worshippeth” must have been particularly
-magnificent. She went on to the next verse, which showed that
-Demetrius had succeeded in rousing the people to defend their
-old worship: “<i>And when they heard these sayings, they were full
-of wrath, and cried out, saying, ‘Great is Diana of the Ephesians.’
-And the whole city was filled with confusion ... some therefore
-cried one thing and some another: for the assembly was confused,
-and the more part knew not wherefore they were come together.</i>”</p>
-
-<p>Then the story went on to relate how a man called Alexander
-tried to speak to the clamouring people, and could not make
-himself heard for the noise, for “<i>all with one voice about the space
-of two hours cried out ‘Great is Diana of the Ephesians.’</i>”</p>
-
-<p>Thanks to Mr. Sheston’s story of Rhodes, and thanks also to
-her own strange magical journeys, Rachel had some sort of
-picture in her mind of the scene described in the Bible.</p>
-
-<p>Ephesus was not so very far from Rhodes, and it was on the
-coast. There must then, have been a deep blue sky above that
-temple round which the people shouted “<i>Great is Diana of the
-Ephesians</i>,” and dazzling sunshine, and a glimpse of wonderful
-blue sea!</p>
-
-<p>Before Rachel had finished the chapter she had made up her
-mind to ask Mr. Sheston about Diana of the Ephesians. She
-liked the name very much, and it certainly sounded as though
-something interesting&mdash;perhaps <i>exciting</i> might be connected with
-it. Suppose it should even lead to an “adventure”? She
-scarcely dared to hope for this, but all the same there <i>was</i> a little
-hope at the back of her mind.</p>
-
-<p>Anyhow, there was something, though of a different nature,
-to look forward to this very afternoon, for a little girl was coming
-to tea.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span></p>
-
-<p>“She’s the daughter of an artist I happened to meet the other
-day,” Aunt Hester had explained at breakfast time. “He turned
-out to be a friend of your father’s, and, when he heard you were
-here, he said he would like his little girl to meet you, so I invited
-her to come to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is her name?” had been Rachel’s first question.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know. I forgot to ask. But she’s about your age.
-She’s coming early, so you needn’t do any lessons this afternoon.”</p>
-
-<p>This in itself was good news, and by three o’clock Rachel was
-looking out of the window for the expected visitor. But after
-all, when the bell rang she was too late to see who was admitted,
-because for the third or fourth time, she had moved across the
-room to the mantelpiece, to look at the watch which lay there.</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Hester opened the door.</p>
-
-<p>“Here is Diana,” she said. “I shall leave you together to
-amuse yourselves till tea time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, is your name really <i>Diana</i>?” exclaimed Rachel, forgetting
-to shake hands. “How funny!”</p>
-
-<p>“Why is it funny?” enquired the little girl, not unnaturally,
-while Rachel swiftly looked her up and down.</p>
-
-<p>She scarcely knew whether to think her very pretty, or only
-curious-looking. She had a mop of red hair, big eyes, more green
-than blue, and a little pointed face which reminded Rachel of the
-faces of certain elves in an illustrated fairy-tale book she possessed.
-Certainly she was rather like an elf altogether, light and slender,
-with quick darting movements.</p>
-
-<p>“Why is it funny?” she repeated. And, when she laughed,
-Rachel was quite sure she was pretty, as well as curious.</p>
-
-<p>“Only because I was reading about Diana in the Bible this
-morning&mdash;and I liked the name.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the name of a goddess,” her visitor announced rather
-importantly.</p>
-
-<p>“I know. ‘Diana of the Ephesians.’”</p>
-
-<p>The little girl looked puzzled. “I don’t know anything about
-the&mdash;what did you say? Ephe&mdash;something? I was called<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span>
-<i>Diana</i> because my father was painting a picture of her when I was
-born.”</p>
-
-<p>“What was it like?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it’s a lovely picture. She’s a girl running through a
-wood, and she has a bow and arrows in her hand. And she’s
-dressed in a short white thing&mdash;a tunic, you know, that comes
-to her knees. And her hair in father’s picture is red, like mine,
-and there’s a little moon, a tiny crescent moon, just over her forehead.
-And running behind her there are some other girls who
-are hunting with her. Father told me all about her the other
-day, because, you see, as I’ve got her name, I wanted to know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell me,” Rachel urged.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, the Greek people worshipped her, father said. She
-was the twin sister of Apollo&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“I know about <i>him</i>,” interrupted Rachel eagerly. “Phœbus
-Apollo. He was the Sun-God.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Diana was the <i>moon</i>-goddess. I suppose that’s because
-she was his twin sister? Sun and moon, you know. But, anyhow,
-she was the goddess of hunting as well. And she loved to
-be free and live out of doors in the woods. So do I&mdash;that’s why
-I’m glad my name’s Diana, like hers. And her father, Jupiter,
-let her be free, and gave her some girls called nymphs, to be her
-companions, and hunt with her in the woods and on the mountains....
-I think the Greek people had awfully nice gods and
-goddesses, don’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Awfully nice,” agreed Rachel. She was thinking of the
-little white temple to Phœbus Apollo in “Cleon’s” beautiful
-garden, and of the great statue at Rhodes. She glanced at Diana,
-who was perched like an elf on the corner of the table, swinging
-her feet. How splendid it would be if she could tell her&mdash;well,
-all sorts of things. But would she understand? Wouldn’t she
-laugh and say, “You’ve just made them up!” Again Rachel
-glanced at her visitor. She looked as though she <i>might</i> understand.
-There was something about her&mdash;But she determined
-to be very cautious.</p>
-
-<p>“When’s your birthday?” she began suddenly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span></p>
-
-<p>“The seventh of May. When’s yours?”</p>
-
-<p>“The seventh of June.” Rachel found herself growing excited.
-This was a promising beginning.</p>
-
-<p>“How many brothers and sisters have you got?”</p>
-
-<p>“Six.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you’re the seventh child?” Rachel held her breath
-now.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. And I’m the youngest.”</p>
-
-<p>“So am I. And is your father the seventh child in his family?”
-She scarcely dared to put the question.</p>
-
-<p>Diana laughed, and began counting on her fingers. “Let me
-see&mdash;Uncle John, Aunt Margaret.... And there was Aunt May,
-but she died, and then Uncle Dick.... And then.... Yes,
-he <i>is</i>. I never thought about it before. What made <i>you</i> think
-of it?” Diana seemed much amused, but Rachel was desperately
-serious.</p>
-
-<p>“Wait a minute,” she urged, “and perhaps I’ll tell you.”</p>
-
-<p>The next “minute” was occupied in putting breathless questions
-to Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes!” she exclaimed at last. “You’re just as much mixed
-up with <i>sevens</i> as I am. Oh, isn’t it perfectly <i>wonderful</i> that I’ve
-actually found someone as lucky as I am? I shall have to tell
-Mr. Sheston.... But perhaps he knows. I shouldn’t be a bit
-surprised if he had something to do with getting us to meet each
-other. You see he&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>But Diana’s mystified face checked Rachel in the midst of her
-excited chattering.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course you don’t understand anything about it yet,”
-she exclaimed. “How stupid I am. I shall have to tell you
-everything from the beginning.”</p>
-
-<p>So she began the story of her first visit to the Museum, of the
-little old man who had spoken to her there, of the mysterious seven
-times bowing before the Rosetta Stone, and of all the marvels
-that had since happened.</p>
-
-<p>And as she talked, explaining and describing, she saw Diana
-beginning to “understand.” Her eyes grew bright with eagerness,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span>
-and, when at last Rachel paused for breath, she slipped from
-the table and began to dance about the room in her delight and
-excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“I knew something like that might happen if only I could
-find out the way to make it,” she cried. “Because, do you know,
-Rachel, I often have dreams that are quite <i>real</i>&mdash;just as real as
-this room, and you, and the tables and chairs are now. In those
-sorts of dreams I go to places I’ve never seen in my life. Funny
-places where everything’s quite different. People wear different
-clothes, and don’t talk English&mdash;and yet I understand what they
-say. But I’m only there for a minute before I come back again
-to my own bed and my own bedroom. And then I’m most
-<i>awfully</i> disappointed because I’m always quite sure that there’s a
-way of making the dream <i>last</i>, so that I can go on, and have adventures&mdash;instead
-of only seeing things in a sort of flash, you
-know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Sheston can make them last&mdash;if they <i>are</i> dreams!”
-Rachel declared. “I have to call him ‘Mr. Sheston’ here,” she
-added. “But he’s really Sheshà and Cleon, and I expect ever
-so many other people as well. And yet all the <i>same</i> person, you
-understand. In this life he just happens to be Mr. Sheston, that’s
-all.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I <i>do</i> wish I could see him,” sighed Diana.</p>
-
-<p>She had scarcely spoken before her wish was granted, for at
-the last word the door opened, and Mr. Sheston came in.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel gave a shriek of delight, and seizing Diana’s hand,
-dragged her to meet him.</p>
-
-<p>“This is Diana. She’s the seventh child of the seventh child,
-and she was born on the seventh of May, and everything that
-happens to her has <i>sevens</i> in it, and she has dreams, and&mdash;” Rachel
-tripped over her words in her excitement, and Mr. Sheston laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“Your Aunt Hester told me to walk up,” he said in an ordinary
-everyday voice. “So this is Diana? How do you do, Diana?”
-He shook hands with her, and turned to Rachel. “I came to
-see whether you felt inclined for the Museum this afternoon. But
-as you have a friend with you&mdash;perhaps another time?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span></p>
-
-<p>Diana gave a little gasp, and grew very pink, but seemed too
-shy to speak.</p>
-
-<p>But Rachel, who had seen a twinkle in Mr. Sheston’s eyes,
-laughed happily.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s just what Diana wants more than <i>anything</i>. Oh, do
-let’s put on our things at once.”</p>
-
-<p>She was running to the door when the old gentleman stopped
-her.</p>
-
-<p>“Plenty of time. Plenty of time,” he said quietly. “Haven’t
-you yet learnt that ‘time’ is as ‘magic’ as most other things?
-What have you two been talking about?”</p>
-
-<p>The children glanced at one another.</p>
-
-<p>“I was telling her all about it,” said Rachel. “About the
-Pyramid, you know, and Babylon, and the statue at Rhodes. I
-wouldn’t have told anyone else, but when I found that she was a
-‘seven’ girl too&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“But before that?” interrupted Mr. Sheston, settling himself
-comfortably into an arm-chair.</p>
-
-<p>“We were talking about Diana,” said the other Diana. “It’s
-my name, and Rachel had been reading about her in the Bible.
-And my father painted a picture of her, so she was asking me about
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” returned Mr. Sheston, “let’s go on talking about
-Diana, because there’s a great deal to say. There was a famous
-temple built for her once upon a time, wasn’t there? Where
-was it?”</p>
-
-<p>“At Ephesus,” said Rachel promptly.</p>
-
-<p>“And where is Ephesus?”</p>
-
-<p>“In Asia Minor,” answered Rachel again. “By the sea.
-Not so very far from Rhodes,” she added, with a meaning glance.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston got up, and to the children’s surprise, altered the
-position of his arm-chair till it faced the window. Then he
-fetched two other chairs, and placed one on either side of his own
-seat. This done, he took from his coat pocket a leather case,
-and out of the case drew a photograph. Then he pointed to the
-two small chairs on either side of the big one.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Sit down, one on each side of me,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>When the children, too interested and puzzled to ask questions,
-had done as he directed, he held the picture in such a position
-that both of them could see what it represented.</p>
-
-<p>“Is it the temple of Diana?” ventured Rachel as she glanced
-at the photograph of a huge building.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, not the picture of the temple itself, because that has
-ceased to exist, and lies buried under ruins. But it’s a picture
-of what scholars think the temple must have been like when it
-was standing.... And they’re not very far out,” he added.
-But this he murmured as though to himself, as he again rose
-and walked towards the window. Rachel and Diana watched
-him breathlessly while he propped the photograph against the
-rim of one of the glass panes. After this had been successfully
-accomplished, he returned to his seat, and looking from one little
-girl to the other, said, “Stand up. Close your eyes. Bow seven
-times in the direction of the picture.”</p>
-
-<p>The children exchanged
-glances before they obeyed.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe63_0625" id="i_086">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_086.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Open your eyes.”
-These were the next words&mdash;and
-they were necessary,
-for till they were spoken,
-both of them felt all at
-once so drowsy that they
-had no wish to raise their
-eyelids.</p>
-
-<p>At the command, however,
-four eyes flew open
-in eager expectation&mdash;of
-what, their owners scarcely
-knew. The scene they
-actually beheld was surprising
-enough to force a
-little scream of astonishment
-from both of them&mdash;even<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span>
-though Rachel, who had been through “adventures”
-before, guessed at fresh wonders to follow.</p>
-
-<p>The square-paned window, with its prospect of a road along
-which omnibuses, carts and cabs travelled, and people went to
-and fro, had vanished. They were looking into the open air.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>A mist like a shimmering white veil obscured everything but
-the sky, which was intensely blue, and though the children
-strained their eyes, they could discern nothing beyond, except,
-perhaps, something that might, or might not, be trees. They were
-just vague shapes behind the soft wall of mist.</p>
-
-<p>“You shall see more than this in a moment.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston’s voice was close to them, but as Rachel and
-Diana turned their heads to look at him they found that neither
-he nor anything within the room was visible. It was as though
-they sat in a darkened theatre looking out upon a stage. “And
-the curtain hasn’t gone up properly yet,” thought Rachel, full
-of tremulous anticipation.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell you why the curtain hasn’t gone up yet,” Mr.
-Sheston’s voice continued, and Rachel gave a little jump of surprise&mdash;for
-she had not spoken her thought aloud. Oh, certainly,
-as Salome in Babylon had said, Sheshà was “the greatest of all
-magicians!”</p>
-
-<p>“You will understand presently how Diana’s temple at
-Ephesus began,” Mr. Sheston went on. “What I am going to
-tell you now is <i>legend</i>&mdash;that is to say, something that has been
-repeated from father to son for a great many years, always
-altered a little in the telling, so that though there may be, and
-probably is, some truth in the story, we can’t say how much is
-true and how much false. Well, the <i>legend</i> part of the story, you
-see, is rather like the mist full of vague shapes which you’re looking
-at now. I’m going to <i>tell</i> you the legend part&mdash;but, directly we
-come to what we really <i>know</i>, the curtain will go up.</p>
-
-<p>“Once upon a time, then, in the country we now call Asia
-Minor, the women were taught (or perhaps taught themselves)
-to do all the hard and all the fierce work generally done by men.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span>
-The little girls learnt to hurl spears called javelins, and to shoot
-with bow and arrows, and when they grew up were brave fighters.
-They also tilled the ground, and gathered the harvest, and built
-houses, and in fact did everything of that sort as well as men.
-They were called Amazons, and even great men-warriors found
-them powerful enemies. According to the old story it was they&mdash;these
-Amazons&mdash;who founded the city of Ephesus. That is,
-they were the first people to cultivate the land and to build
-houses where the magnificent city of Ephesus afterwards stood.
-It was these strange and wonderful women who first worshipped
-Diana in the woods and groves near the dwelling-places they had
-built. And it was quite natural they should worship the sort of
-goddess they imagined, for all wild life was her kingdom. So
-the Amazons, being themselves huntresses and fighters, loved and
-reverenced her. Forest creatures like the deer and wild boars
-belonged to her as the goddess of hunting, and she was also the
-protectress of all young human creatures&mdash;girls as well as boys.
-Thus, even in times so far away that there is no real history about
-them, there were altars where Diana was worshipped, and, legend
-tells us, the first altars set up in her honour were in, or near, the
-city of Ephesus, founded by the Amazons. At first these were
-very simple altars, for neither men&mdash;nor even women&mdash;had yet
-learnt to build temples.</p>
-
-<p>“In a moment the mist-curtain will go up, and you shall see the
-sort of altar that once stood, where, afterwards, temples were
-built, and at last that most splendid one of all, which was called
-a Wonder of the World.” ... Mr. Sheston paused.</p>
-
-<p>“We have done with legend now,” he went on after a moment,
-“and all you will see is what has actually happened in the past.”</p>
-
-<p>Neither of the children spoke, but they watched in breathless
-suspense to see the curtain of mist shake and begin slowly to
-dissolve. First, tall pointed trees began to prick through the
-fog, then a glimpse of blue sky became visible. Next there was a
-gleam of sunshine on low white roofs, and at last, clear and distinct,
-a lovely country lay spread out before their eyes. They
-seemed to be looking at it as one might sit on a terrace overhanging<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span>
-a wide view, yet close enough to the nearer trees as almost
-to be able to touch them. Warm air in gentle puffs flowed towards
-them, and the sun was hot upon their faces and hands.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp53" id="i_088fp" style="max-width: 99.5em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_088fp.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>A LITTLE BOY WALKED IN FRONT OF THE PROCESSION</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>They saw in the distance a cluster of simple houses between
-trees, which Rachel guessed rightly to be the earliest city of
-Ephesus. Beyond these houses, lay the deeply blue sea, stretching
-away, away towards the distant shores of Greece opposite,
-with here and there a rocky island set in the blue. The land
-between the sea and the point nearest to them, was all hill and
-dale&mdash;the hills covered with stiff cypress trees like dark torches
-against the sky, mingled with graceful smaller and lighter trees.
-But just in front, and quite close, there was an open glade, and
-in the midst of it an altar made of piled-up stones. The altar
-was overshadowed by a big tree, and hanging from the lowest
-branch the children could see a little figure carved very roughly
-in wood.</p>
-
-<p>Just as they noticed this, the sound of faint music&mdash;so faint,
-so remote that they could only hear it because of the absolute
-stillness, made them look quickly to the left of the altar. There,
-at a little distance, between the trees they saw approaching a
-company of women and children. The smaller children were
-almost naked, and their tiny bodies showed white against the
-dark background of the wood. The women wore short tunics
-with strips of leather bound in a criss-cross fashion round their
-bare legs. A little boy, with nothing but the skin of some wild
-animal hanging from his shoulders, walked in front of the procession,
-proudly blowing into a small pipe made of a hollow reed.
-The other children also had reed-pipes in their hands, and most
-of them carried armfuls of poppies. They crossed the glade and
-gathered in front of the altar upon which the women as well as the
-children began to scatter the poppies.</p>
-
-<p>For a long minute Rachel and Diana watched the little scene,
-scarcely daring to breathe, in case it should vanish before their eyes.
-Then it <i>did</i> vanish! Blue sea, blue sky, hills and valleys, the small
-town in the distance, the glade with its altar, the group of people
-about it with their flowers, were all swallowed up in the white mist.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span></p>
-
-<p>The children, spellbound and silent, while the beautiful scene
-lasted, now found their tongues loosened.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, what a <i>darling</i> little boy&mdash;the one with the fur over his
-shoulders,” exclaimed Diana. “Oh, how lovely the sea looked,
-and the blue sky, and the woods!” cried Rachel, excitedly.
-“And didn’t the children look pretty bringing their flowers?
-But they were all <i>poppies</i>. Why did they all bring poppies?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because the poppy was the flower sacred to Diana. Nearly
-all the gods and goddesses of Greece and the Greek colonies had
-flowers, as well as animals that were specially theirs. And poppies
-belonged to the goddess Diana. But now, if you want to see anything
-more, you mustn’t speak again.”</p>
-
-<p>The children subsided at once into silence, and Mr. Sheston
-went on talking.</p>
-
-<p>“You noticed the little naked boy who led the procession to
-the altar in the glade? Keep him in mind, for it was <i>he</i> who
-built the first real temple to Diana. Listen, and I will tell you
-all I know about him.</p>
-
-<p>“He was called Dinocrates, and his home was in Ephesus
-(you saw the town in the distance, a mile or two from the glade).
-At the time when Dinocrates was young, the city was small, the
-wild country stretched up close to its walls, and the boy lived
-nearly all day long in the open air.</p>
-
-<p>“His father taught him to hunt, and he learnt so quickly to
-hurl the javelin and to shoot with bow and arrows, that everyone
-said he was specially favoured by Diana. The belief that the
-goddess was watching over him made Dinocrates, even as a tiny
-boy, very happy, and filled him with courage so that he was
-always successful in the chase, and even grown-up men marvelled
-at his wonderful skill. It was so well-known that he was a child
-greatly loved by Diana that whenever there was a festival in her
-honour, Dinocrates was always chosen to lead the procession, and
-to be the first to place his offerings of poppies on her altar. And
-later, when he was a little older, he was allowed to sacrifice in her
-honour an animal he had killed in the chase. So the boy grew
-up with a great love and reverence for Diana, and a longing to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span>
-serve her in some special way that would shew his gratitude for
-her protection. He soon grew dissatisfied with the altar of stones,
-and the rough image on the trunk of her sacred tree, and in secret
-dreamt of some dwelling worthy of the goddess, which should
-<i>last</i>, and not be liable to destruction like the loosely built altar
-and the image exposed to the air.</p>
-
-<p>“As time went on, he found that skill in hunting was
-not his only gift. He liked to plan houses, and he soon began
-to plan better ones than had ever been built before. By the
-time he was a man, he was the most famous architect in
-Ephesus, and many new buildings in the city began to rise,
-designed by him. But the dream of his life was to build a
-dwelling-place for his special goddess on the very spot where
-as a child, with other children, he had worshipped her out of
-doors under the sacred tree.</p>
-
-<p>“It must be a real temple, and a temple different from, and
-better in every way than any of the attempts yet made by other
-men to fashion dwelling-places for the gods. So he worked and
-thought and imagined, and at last a little marble building,
-supported by pillars different from any other pillars yet designed,
-actually covered the spot of the original altar.</p>
-
-<p>“The day his temple was finished was the happiest day of his
-life. There was a great festival, and from the city, crowds of
-people had come to worship Diana for the first time under a roof,
-and to gaze at the building itself. Small and simple, it was yet
-the most wonderful they had ever seen, with its columns of an
-entirely new shape, and its marble porch. And everyone was
-loud in the praise of its architect.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe46_875" id="i_092">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_092.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“That night, Dinocrates was too happy to sleep. He lay
-thinking of the temple which had been his life work, till suddenly
-a great desire to see it again swept over him. So he got up,
-dressed, and began to walk quickly in its direction. In half an
-hour he reached the glade in the heart of which stood the temple,
-and before long he saw it gleaming through the encircling trees.
-Dinocrates stopped short in delight at the beauty of the scene.
-There was a full moon, and its silver light poured down upon the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span>
-little white building and made it dazzling to behold. Graceful
-shadows from the trees trembled upon its roof, and lay in long
-bars across the grass, and in the deep silence he could hear his
-heart beating. All at once, another sound made him start&mdash;the
-sound of a horn coming from far away, very faint and sweet! And
-then, scarcely trusting his eyes, he saw in the distance through<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span>
-the misty avenues of trees, white forms moving. They came
-nearer, rushing over the grass as though blown softly by an invisible
-wind, and through the silvery haze he caught a glimpse
-of white arms, and beautiful faces, and of one face more lovely
-than the rest, with cloudy hair in which something in shape like
-a crescent moon, sparkled and shone.</p>
-
-<p>“For a second he saw the forms of beautiful women sweeping
-up the steps towards the door of the temple, and then the vision
-disappeared. There was only the moonlight on the grass, and
-the shadows, and silence.</p>
-
-<p>“‘The goddess herself takes possession of her temple,’ thought
-Dinocrates. ‘And mortals cannot see the gods and live.’</p>
-
-<p>“He felt so happy, and yet so tired, that he sank down before
-the temple to rest, and the glade was all full of sunshine before
-the people who had come to look for him found him lying there,
-and saw that he was dead....”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh,” whispered Diana after a moment, “that’s an awfully
-sad story.”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” said Rachel’s voice on the other side of Mr. Sheston’s
-arm-chair. “Not really. Because he came back again. In
-another life, you know. You’ll see in a minute. She <i>will</i> see him
-again, won’t she?” In the darkness Rachel turned towards
-Mr. Sheston.</p>
-
-<p>“The story isn’t finished yet,” he replied. “Let me go on
-with it.</p>
-
-<p>“Dinocrates died in <i>that</i> life, as Rachel says, and hundreds of
-years passed. That first temple with the columns of a new shape
-was at last destroyed by fire, and a new temple took its place,
-much larger, much more splendid, as you will see in a moment.
-But the architect who planned the second building copied those
-pillars invented by Dinocrates, so though his temple had been
-destroyed, his work you understand, in a way, went on. Now you
-are going to see that <i>second</i> temple, still on the same place or <i>site</i>,
-as it is called, of the first altar in the glade. And you shall see
-Dinocrates also&mdash;again as a little boy. Before you see him, however,
-I may tell you that he doesn’t remember anything about<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span>
-himself or his life many years before. Remember that hundreds
-of years have passed between the life-time of those simple people
-you have just seen and the people you are going to see now. Even
-<i>they</i> lived six hundred years before the birth of Christ. But, as
-you will discover, they had already learnt to make wonderful
-buildings.</p>
-
-<p>“Shut your eyes again. Bow seven times&mdash;and many years
-will have gone by.”</p>
-
-<p>The white mist was again dissolving when the children opened
-their eyes and looked eagerly to see what changes had taken place
-during the time that had magically flown.</p>
-
-<p>Unaltered were the blue sky and the blue sea; unaltered
-the hills, unaltered many of the woods, though some of them had
-been cut down and houses and gardens had taken their place.
-The little white town in the distance, however, had grown into a
-large city, whose houses were now big and imposing. But the
-greatest change of all had taken place in what was once the glade and
-then (though they had not actually seen it) the first small temple.</p>
-
-<p>A white marble building, covering a great stretch of ground,
-now rose in front of the children&mdash;a beautiful temple with arcades
-of lofty pillars wonderfully carved, and thronging upon the steps
-leading to the wide open doors was a multitude of people. They
-were gracefully clothed&mdash;the men in tunics, with long cloaks
-drooping from their shoulders, the women in robes falling in folds
-to their sandalled feet.</p>
-
-<p>But the attention of Rachel and Diana was at once directed
-towards a group for whom everyone on the steps of the temple
-made way.</p>
-
-<p>A little boy dressed in a short white tunic, his silky hair
-falling on either side of his face, walked at the head of a procession
-towards the temple gates. Behind him, richly dressed, followed
-his parents, and a train of attendants and slaves.</p>
-
-<p>He was evidently the son of some great nobleman, and, as he
-passed, the crowd pressed forward, and men and women looked
-over one another’s shoulders for a glimpse of the pretty child who
-walked so composedly alone. And then the temple, brilliant in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</span>
-the sunshine, the crowd on its steps, the blue sky and the blue sea
-in the distance, disappeared in a flash. But even before the
-watching children could utter a cry of disappointment, they found
-themselves, to their amazement and delight, actually <i>inside</i> the
-building, and quite close to an altar before which stood the little
-boy and his parents. The sound of chanting voices echoed through
-the temple, on the marble floor of which the sunshine fell. Sweet
-scents floated in the
-air from burning incense,
-and presently
-a priest, dressed in a
-rich robe, came from
-the altar, followed
-by attendant priests.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe50" id="i_095">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_095.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>One of these approached
-the boy,
-and with a pair of
-curiously shaped
-shears, cut off his
-beautiful silky hair,
-letting it fall on to
-a silver platter, held
-by a priestess. Lifting
-the platter aloft
-in both hands the
-priestess moved
-slowly to the altar,
-upon which she
-placed it, and then
-all the great company in the temple bowed themselves to the
-ground and worshipped. The little boy&mdash;now with close-cropped
-hair, and evidently proud and satisfied&mdash;was being led back towards
-the entrance door, when all at once he stopped and gazed about
-him as though he recognized something, and could scarcely believe
-his eyes.</p>
-
-<p>Diana and Rachel, who followed him, saw him point eagerly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span>
-to a row of pillars, and then turn to his parents saying something
-at which they smiled.</p>
-
-<p>One second they saw his dark puzzled eyes&mdash;the next they
-themselves were out of the temple and seated as before, one on
-either side of Mr. Sheston.</p>
-
-<p>The white mist blotted out everything in front of the window.</p>
-
-<p>“That was Dinocrates. He had come back after hundreds of
-years, hadn’t he?” cried Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, do explain about him,” begged Diana. “Why did he
-point to the columns like that? Why did he have his hair cut
-off? What is he going to do now?”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston laughed softly. “I’ll take one question at a time,”
-he began.</p>
-
-<p>But it was Rachel who answered the first question after all.</p>
-
-<p>“I know, I know,” she exclaimed. “When he looked at the
-pillars he was sort of <i>remembering</i>, wasn’t he? Remembering
-that a long time ago he made something like them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s a good guess. He was. He felt that somehow
-or other he was as you say, ‘mixed up’ with that temple.”</p>
-
-<p>“And about his hair?” enquired Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, that was just a ceremony, meaning that he was dedicated
-to, or put under the special protection of the goddess.
-Boys at a certain age had their hair cut off and offered to Diana
-in the temple to show that they were her worshippers. And in
-the case of Dinocrates this was especially true, for he became,
-perhaps, the most celebrated of the worshippers of Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Now let me go on with the story.</p>
-
-<p>“Again, as in the life he had lived about three hundred years
-before, he became, when he grew up, a most famous architect,
-and again, strangely enough, he built another temple to Diana.
-The temple you have just seen, famous throughout the world for
-its beauty, after standing about three hundred years, was set on
-fire one night by a madman, and burnt to the ground; just as
-the still earlier temple had been burnt.</p>
-
-<p>“Two memorable things indeed happened on that night, for
-while the fire was raging in the temple just outside Ephesus, a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span>
-baby was born, who lived to be the greatest conqueror in the world.
-His name was Alexander the Great&mdash;and Rachel has already heard
-something about him.</p>
-
-<p>“But to return to the story. So great was the grief and horror
-of the people of Ephesus at the loss of their temple that they at
-once determined to set about another and still more magnificent
-one, greater and more splendid than any other in existence. And
-of this last temple&mdash;which became one of the Seven Wonders of
-the World&mdash;Dinocrates was appointed to be the architect.</p>
-
-<p>“Now you might easily think that Dinocrates ought to have
-been the happiest man in the world to be allowed to build just
-the way he pleased, and with enormous riches at his disposal, a
-temple that should be worthy of the goddess he worshipped&mdash;the
-lovely Diana, the moonlight queen of the chase, the friend of children.
-And certainly, if <i>this</i> had been the Diana for whom he worked, he
-would have been happy indeed. But what kind of image do you
-think was to stand in the midst of the magnificent temple when at
-last it should be built? No statue of the graceful Diana <i>he</i> knew,
-with her short tunic blowing back in the breeze, and the crescent
-moon on her white forehead. The Diana now worshipped by the
-Ephesians was nothing but a monstrous black idol, scarcely like a
-woman at all! She was an enormous figure carved in ebony, with
-great towers upon her head, and a body hideously and grotesquely
-shaped!</p>
-
-<p>“Hundreds and hundreds of years, you see, had passed since the
-true, lovely Diana had been worshipped under the trees or in early
-temples, and people had forgotten her&mdash;or rather they had
-perhaps confused the idea of her in their minds with other quite
-different goddesses belonging to Egypt. In any case, though they
-still kept her name, <i>this</i> was the Diana now adored by the Ephesians;
-this gigantic hideous idol which the people believed had
-fallen from heaven, sent down to them by Jupiter, the chief of
-all the gods! This ugly idol was the precious figure saved from
-the fire, for which Dinocrates was asked to build the most
-splendid temple in the world!</p>
-
-<p>“Well, he built it. But all the time he was planning its long<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span>
-aisles of columns, its splendid entrance gates, its pavements, and
-lovely walls, it was of the long-ago, lovely Diana he was thinking,
-not of the hideous idol which had taken her place. And in his
-heart he built that temple to the Diana he had once known and loved,
-and could not imagine how he came to remember. Never, of
-course, did he speak of this strange memory, nor of his hatred
-for the hideous idol. He would never have dared to do so, for fear
-of what might happen to him if anyone knew how he hated and
-despised the image held sacred by the Ephesians.</p>
-
-<p>“So he worked and planned, not for the honour of ‘Diana of
-the Ephesians’ but for the sake of a lovely memory, or dream
-perhaps, of something worth all his toil. And at last this Wonder
-of the World was finished. Kings with gifts of gold had helped
-to build it. The greatest king of all, Alexander the Great, had
-offered to spend his wealth upon it if only his name might be
-written on the building to last for ever. The greatest sculptors
-in Greece, and the greatest painters, had made statues and painted
-pictures to adorn the temple which covered the very same spot
-where once had stood the rough altar under the tree. But now
-the great building and numberless smaller ones connected with it,
-stretched over acres and acres of land beyond the little glade, and
-thousands of people belonging to the temple lived close to its walls.
-Priests, priestesses, men who composed hymns and chants to be
-sung in honour of the great idol, people who made copies of her
-shrine in silver (like the Demetrius in the Bible) all dwelt in the
-shadow of the huge temple of which in a moment you shall have
-a glimpse.</p>
-
-<p>“But I will first finish the story of Dinocrates.</p>
-
-<p>“After the temple was finished, he went on to fresh work,
-and became more and more famous as an architect.</p>
-
-<p>“But better than all the other buildings he planned, he loved
-the temple which in his heart he had dedicated to a lovely rather
-than to an ugly, cruel goddess. More and more he grudged her
-image its proud place in the midst of so much beauty, and longed
-for the rightful goddess who should have been there.</p>
-
-<p>“At last, when he was quite an old man, he returned to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span>
-Ephesus, which for many years he had not seen, and took a house
-in the city. There for some months he lived, often visiting the
-temple and thinking of days long past.</p>
-
-<p>“One night Dinocrates could not sleep. His house was in the
-city itself, close to the sea, and from his bed he could look out upon
-the long pathway of moonlight that stretched across the quiet
-water far away to the horizon. As he lay thinking and dreaming,
-it seemed to him that a shining figure was floating close above the
-moon-path on the sea, and coming swiftly towards him. He just
-caught a glimpse of the waving robe, of white feet, of cloudy hair,
-when such a sudden drowsiness came over his senses, that he was
-compelled to close his eyes. When he opened them again&mdash;how
-long afterwards he could not tell&mdash;the moonlight was still flooding
-his room. He glanced eagerly at the path on the sea, but
-to his disappointment it was empty of everything but silvery
-sheen.</p>
-
-<p>“What was it he had seen? Or was it nothing but an idle
-fancy before sleep? Dinocrates was coming to believe this true,
-when all at once his eyes lighted upon something on the coping of
-the terrace which lay before his window. In a moment he was
-out upon the terrace, bending over such a lovely little statue as he&mdash;who
-had seen the most famous sculpture in the world&mdash;had
-never before beheld.</p>
-
-<p>“And there&mdash;there at last was the goddess of his dreams&mdash;the
-true Diana with her wind-blown kirtle, her bow, and the crescent
-moon above her forehead!</p>
-
-<p>“Dinocrates did not ask himself how the statue came there.
-His first and only thought was to take it straight to the temple
-where by every feeling in his heart it belonged.</p>
-
-<p>“Wrapping his cloak round him, and hiding tenderly within
-its folds the statue, which was small enough to lift in his arms,
-he stole out of the house, and began to walk from the city towards
-the temple. Just so&mdash;(though he had no memory of it)&mdash;three
-hundred years and more ago, he had walked in the night to another
-temple, also his work, dedicated then to the <i>true</i> Diana. As though
-moving in a dream, he reached the outermost courtyard of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span>
-new temple, and saw in the moonlight the gigantic building and
-the acres of colonnades and avenues of statues around it.</p>
-
-<p>“Entering by a little door known only to himself, he stood
-at last in the still more wonderful interior of the temple, shining and
-glowing with marbles white and pink and green-veined, gorgeous
-with jewel-covered altars, above which sculptured columns soared
-towards ceilings painted in scarlet, gold and blue. A glorious
-place! A fit shrine indeed for the goddess whose image he hid so
-carefully&mdash;yet there in the midst, black and loathsome behind the
-pyramid of lamps, burning before her, towered the monstrous
-statue called Diana!</p>
-
-<p>“All at once Dinocrates was filled with rage. Was it for this
-terrible creature he had built a temple that was one of the Wonders
-of the World? No, a thousand times no! The likeness of
-the goddess <i>he</i> worshipped was the lovely little statue hidden in
-the folds of his cloak.</p>
-
-<p>“He longed to overthrow the hideous black figure which stood
-in her rightful place. Yet he knew that to be impossible. It
-would take the strength of many men to throw down an idol so
-huge and massive. Suddenly an idea came. He could not shatter,
-but he might <i>burn</i> the image! With this thought, he ran towards
-the mass of lights in front of it, scattering and upsetting
-them right and left at the feet of the wooden figure. Behind
-it, supported on golden pillars, there was a gallery, and, without
-a second’s pause, Dinocrates rushed like a boy up the marble stairs
-that led to it, and, standing now high above the head of the figure,
-he snatched the little white statue from his cloak, and held it aloft.</p>
-
-<p>“‘<i>This</i> is Diana of the Ephesians!’ he cried aloud, and his
-voice echoed and re-echoed through the aisles and colonnades
-of the temple. Before the last sound of it died away, a terrific
-clap of thunder shook the temple. Frightened voices were heard
-on every side, and suddenly, from every direction, priests in gorgeous
-robes came rushing towards the idol. Dinocrates caught
-one glimpse of them as they snatched the burning lamps from the
-feet of the figure, and then everything went dark.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe40_625" id="i_101">
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</span>
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_101.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>‘THIS IS DIANA OF THE EPHESIANS’</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“In another moment, how he could not tell, he found himself<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</span>
-in the open air, listening to a murmur which sounded like the soft
-rustling of leaves overhead. Slowly he opened his eyes, and looked
-round him in amazement. The great temple had vanished. He
-was lying under trees in a little glade, and there before him stood
-a simple altar of stones piled together, and behind it, in the hollow
-of a tree, he saw a little figure roughly carved. And then, with
-a cry of wonder, he <i>remembered</i>.</p>
-
-<p>“This was the first altar to Diana, and here, as a tiny boy,
-he had laid poppies upon it! Scarcely had he seized that memory,
-when the altar melted away before his eyes, and out of the
-mist round the place where it had stood emerged a small temple.
-He remembered that, too. In another life he had planned it, and
-seen it built. He remembered the columns he had invented&mdash;those
-pillars of a new shape called later the <i>Ionic</i> columns. For a moment
-the temple stood there in the glade, gleaming in moonlight,
-and then <i>it</i> too disappeared.... In its place, rising out of the
-earthlike smoke which gradually took shape, was formed at last
-another, this time a mighty temple, covering the whole of what
-had once been the glade. He had built this one, also&mdash;in yet another
-life&mdash;hundreds of years later! And, as he gazed at its rows of
-shining columns, he saw that they were like the columns of the
-first small temple. To the building now before him&mdash;again hundreds
-of years later&mdash;he had come back as a little boy on the day
-when his hair was cut off by the priest. How well he recalled
-it! How well he remembered looking at the pillars with some
-faint memory stirring in his mind, yet with no idea that long, long
-before he had built them....</p>
-
-<p>“He had come now to his present lifetime. This was the temple
-that was burnt down while he was quite a young man. In
-another moment what he expected happened. The building before
-him vanished, and magically, in its place, stood the new one,
-the last work of his hands.... Now at last he understood how,
-for hundreds of years, in many different lives and with long intervals
-between them, he had been making temples for Diana&mdash;for
-the true, beautiful Diana. And her worship and honour had
-been stolen from her by the hideous black monster now enthroned<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span>
-in this last and most magnificent temple!... Dinocrates was
-full of misery at the thought, and full also of confusion about what
-had recently happened. Had he really tried to set fire to the false
-goddess? Had he really held up the statue of the true one?
-What was real in all that was happening to him, and what was
-not? He felt wretched and afraid. Was he mad, or dreaming?</p>
-
-<p>“Such a heavy drowsiness came over him that he was obliged
-to close his eyes, and sink down upon one of the marble benches
-in the outer courtyard of the temple where now he found himself
-standing.</p>
-
-<p>“And then, though he could not lift his tired eyelids, he knew
-that some wonderful presence was near him. Sweet scents were
-in the air; faintly from far away he heard the music of a horn,
-and then a beautiful voice spoke close to his ear:</p>
-
-<p>“‘Fear not, Dinocrates,’ he heard, ‘for thou hast ever been
-a worshipper of all the truth and beauty thou hast known. Thou
-hast striven to place me in a seat of honour, and thy work has
-not been in vain. The day will come when another god shall reign
-in that last temple, the work of thy hands&mdash;a merciful god who
-shall triumph over the false Diana worshipped by the Ephesians.
-And I, too, the Diana thou hast adored, shall be no more a goddess
-worshipped by men. But the thoughts I have given to men
-shall remain, and the beauty thou hast seen in me shall remain
-also. And because thou hast been my faithful worshipper I will
-give thee, as I have given thee once before, a happy passing from
-this to another life.’</p>
-
-<p>“The voice ceased, and, smiling with perfect happiness, Dinocrates
-gave a long sigh, and then lay still.</p>
-
-<p>“His friends, finding him next morning in his bed by the open
-window, thought he was asleep, and it was a long time before
-they knew he would not wake again.</p>
-
-<p>“‘His last dreams were happy ones,’ they said as they
-gathered round him, ‘for, see, he smiles as though in great
-content.’”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana both together gave a little sigh.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Then he didn’t <i>really</i> try to burn the black image?” asked
-Rachel. “He was really in his own room all the time?”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe50" id="i_105">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_105.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“I don’t know,” said
-Mr. Sheston, slowly. “It
-was such a magic night
-that I scarcely know what
-was ‘<i>real</i>,’ as you say, and
-what was dream.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, can’t we see the
-temple just once more,”
-begged Diana. “It will be
-even more lovely to see it,
-now we know all about
-Dinocrates!”</p>
-
-<p>“You shall see it again.
-And, when you see it, remember
-what the voice
-said to Dinocrates about
-the new merciful God. Your
-Bible tells you the story of
-St. Paul, who, three hundred
-years after the death of
-Dinocrates, went to Ephesus,
-and, by preaching the
-new religion of Christianity,
-caused that great tumult when all the people shouted: ‘<i>Great is
-Diana of the Ephesians</i>.’ Well, not long afterwards, in the temple
-which St. Paul had first seen as a heathen place of worship&mdash;but
-you shall see.”</p>
-
-<p>The children eagerly turned to the place where the window had
-once been. There, in the glaring eastern sunshine, stood the temple
-once more, and through its wide open doors they caught a glimpse
-of the high altar. But now a great crucifix stood above it, and low at
-its feet, overturned, lay the ebony image of Diana of the Ephesians!</p>
-
-<p>In a flash the vision was gone, blotted out by the white mist,
-and Mr. Sheston spoke again:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Three hundred years after Dinocrates passed away, Ephesus
-had become a Christian city, you see.... Again many years
-pass. Ephesus now belongs to Rome, the mistress of the world.
-And the temple still stands. Then Rome grows weak, and a barbarous
-nation, the Goths, attack her possessions. You shall see how
-they treated one of the Seven Wonders of the World nearly three
-hundred years after St. Paul was in Ephesus. Look once more.”</p>
-
-<p>Under the blue sky, in ruins, scattered far and wide, with here
-and there a column or a fragment of wall standing, lay the mighty
-temple. All about and around it swarmed wild-looking men,
-clothed in uncouth garments, with long hair and many of them
-with red beards. They were seeking for gold and silver among
-the ruins, fighting among themselves like wild beasts for the treasures
-of the once beautiful temple they had destroyed. Just for
-a second the children saw them. Then they, too, were gone.</p>
-
-<p>“One more glimpse, and the story is told,” said Mr. Sheston’s
-quiet voice.</p>
-
-<p>The mist that had gathered dissolved once again. There was
-the blue sky, there the sea&mdash;though it looked further away than
-in the days when Ephesus was great. But where was Ephesus
-now? Not a trace of the city remained. Where once it had
-stood, the children saw in the distance the few low scattered houses
-of a small village. Not a trace, not even the <i>ruins</i> of the great
-temple of Diana could they see. Instead, mounds of earth, great
-pits and long cuttings in the soil, where workmen were digging,
-was all that stretched in front of them.</p>
-
-<p>“This is Ephesus as it looks to-day,” Mr. Sheston was saying.</p>
-
-<p>He pointed to the group of small flat-roofed houses in the
-distance.</p>
-
-<p>“That Turkish village covers the proud city where St. Paul
-walked, and where, in the open-air theatre, the people shouted
-<i>Great is Diana of the Ephesians!</i> The mouth of the river now
-choked with mud has pushed back the sea. Here in front of you,
-where the temple stood, men of to-day are digging to find fragments
-of its pillars and pavements to send to the British Museum.”</p>
-
-<p>As he spoke the last word, the scene wavered before the eyes<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span>
-of the children, and through it came the glimmering shape of the
-schoolroom window. In another second they sat closed in by four
-walls, and the clock on the mantelpiece pointed to half-past three.</p>
-
-<p>“Why&mdash;why&mdash;it was half-past three when you came in,”
-stammered Rachel. “The clock must have stopped.”</p>
-
-<p>“I think not,” said Mr. Sheston, smiling quietly. “We shall
-have plenty of time for the Museum&mdash;if you still want to go.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana exchanged glances which contained all the
-wonder they felt it was better not to express.</p>
-
-<p>In five minutes, having spoken to Aunt Hester on the way,
-they were driving through the streets in Mr. Sheston’s car, and a
-very little while afterwards, they entered a hall in the Museum,
-over the door of which was written <i>Ephesus Room</i>.</p>
-
-<p>“Here,” said Mr. Sheston in a voice which gave no hint of all
-the marvellous scenes they had just beheld, “are fragments from
-two temples built in honour of Diana of the Ephesians. These
-broken pillars and pieces of carving on the right are from the
-temple that was burnt down on the night Alexander the Great
-was born. On the left, are fragments of the latest temple which
-was still standing when St. Paul was at Ephesus.”</p>
-
-<p>Having said this&mdash;and, if they hadn’t known what they <i>did</i>
-know, it would not have interested the children in the least&mdash;he
-walked on to look at something on one of the walls, leaving Rachel
-and Diana standing in front of a piece of broken pillar.</p>
-
-<p>“St. Paul may have <i>touched</i> this, and seen that boy with wings,”
-whispered Diana, gazing up at the beautiful carving upon it.
-“Oh, Rachel, hasn’t it been perfectly splendid?”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know,” returned Rachel, in an answering whisper,
-“I’m sure he was once Dinocrates&mdash;Mr. Sheston, I mean. He
-couldn’t know so much about him if he <i>hadn’t</i> been&mdash;could he?
-And he’s lived ever and ever so many times. He said so. And
-he’s been heaps of different people. Only, when he’s <i>Mr. Sheston</i>,
-you know, we mustn’t talk much about him.”</p>
-
-<p>Diana nodded gravely. “I thought not. That’s why I didn’t
-say anything.... We must only talk about just what’s here,”
-she added quickly, as she saw their guide coming back to them.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span></p>
-
-<p>The rest of the time at the Museum passed delightfully. And
-then, to Rachel’s joy, Mr. Sheston took them back to tea at his
-quaint old house, and afterwards sent them home together in his car.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s jolly to be alone. Now we can talk about it,” exclaimed
-Diana, jumping up and down upon the comfortable springy
-cushions. “Wasn’t it exciting and <i>lovely</i>? And, somehow,
-it was all the more exciting in the Museum when he told us all
-sorts of things that we shouldn’t have understood if we hadn’t
-<i>seen</i> it all, out of your schoolroom window. It made me quite
-sure I <i>had</i> seen everything from the beginning. Not just dreamt
-it, you know. But, anyhow, we couldn’t have had the <i>same</i>
-dream, could we?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s heavenly that you’re a <i>seven</i> child too,” declared Rachel.
-“I was getting so tired of having to keep all my adventures a
-secret because no one would believe me if I told them. And now
-there’s you&mdash;and you understand. Oh, Diana, just think how we
-should have hated going to the British Museum on a holiday if
-we didn’t have these adventures! Aren’t you glad we belong to
-the ‘seven’ children?”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe65_625" id="i_108">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_108.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="FIFTH_WONDER">FIFTH WONDER <br />
-THE MAUSOLEUM OF ARTEMISIA</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_109" style="max-width: 78em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_109.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>It was fortunate that Diana lived so near. Her father’s house
-was in fact scarcely five minutes’ walk from Aunt Hester, and the
-two little girls whose acquaintance had begun so wonderfully
-began to see a great deal of one another.</p>
-
-<p>They had, as you may imagine, much to talk about, and, when
-they met, the conversation always turned upon the amazing
-adventure they had lately shared.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Rachel, did you notice the tiny little girl with the red
-hair who walked next to Dinocrates in the glade&mdash;when they put
-the poppies on the altar?” or, “Do you remember the lovely
-dress the priestess had? The one who carried the silver dish in
-the temple?”</p>
-
-<p>Questions and exclamations such as these flew between Rachel
-and Diana, each one reminding the other of something she had
-noticed particularly, in the magic scenes beheld from the schoolroom
-window.</p>
-
-<p>They were, of course, very careful to keep their talks strictly
-private ones, and Aunt Hester sometimes wondered why such
-quiet reigned when they were alone together. She was however,
-very glad that Rachel had found a companion, for she had been
-rather anxious about having her little niece to stay with her for
-so long a time as seven weeks. “You see, I haven’t had anything
-to do with children for years, and I was afraid she would be
-very dull here,” she told her friends, “but old Mr. Sheston, who<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span>
-seems to have taken a great fancy to the child, has been a godsend,
-and now that there’s this little Diana as well, I feel I need
-not trouble about Rachel any longer. I can’t imagine how the
-old man manages to interest children so much in the British
-Museum,” she often added. “When I was her age, though, of
-course, I don’t tell Rachel so, there was nothing I hated more than
-to be taken to a dull place like a museum. But these two,
-Rachel and Diana, are always clamouring to go. It’s very
-strange.”</p>
-
-<p>It <i>was</i>. And even stranger than Aunt Hester thought, as
-Rachel and Diana could have told her. But of all that made
-the Museum literally a place of enchantment to the children, she
-naturally had no idea, nor did she know that <i>without</i> “Sheshà”
-and his magic, they would probably have been as little pleased
-with museums as she herself at their age.</p>
-
-<p>It was a wet afternoon, and Diana, who had come round to
-tea with Rachel, sat perched on the corner of the table, her usual
-seat, while every now and then she cast a quick glance at the door.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you think he’ll come?” she asked for the twentieth
-time. “It’s raining so horribly that perhaps he won’t.” (<i>He</i>
-always meant Mr. Sheston nowadays).</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I expect he’ll drive up in his car soon,” said Rachel.
-“It’s seven days since last time, and I’ve never yet missed seeing
-him on the seventh day. Somehow or other I’m <i>sure</i> we shall
-have an adventure. Only you never know beforehand how it’s
-going to happen. And it generally happens quite suddenly, and
-just when you don’t expect it.”</p>
-
-<p>The afternoon wore on, tea-time came. Still no Mr. Sheston,
-and at last, when it was almost dark, Diana was obliged to go.</p>
-
-<p>She was almost tearful as she said good-bye.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s so awfully disappointing,” she wailed. “Perhaps it’s
-all over&mdash;all the <i>magic</i>, you know, and we shall never see any
-lovely things again.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel was just as puzzled, but not quite so hopeless as Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Anyhow, even if the magic part is over, he can go on telling
-us stories,” she observed. “And his stories are splendid. That<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span>
-one about the Siege of Rhodes, you know. I tried to tell you,
-but I can’t do it properly. Perhaps he’ll tell you himself some
-time or other. I <i>did</i> think we should have had at least a <i>story</i>
-to-day,” she added, mournfully.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel repeated this remark to herself as she lay in bed
-several hours later. The rain had ceased, and a full moon shone
-in a clear sky. She had pulled up her window blind, and the
-beautiful silvery light came pouring into the room and made her
-long more than ever for the magic which Diana feared was “all
-over.”</p>
-
-<p>For a long time she lay with wide-open eyes staring out of the
-window at the radiant sky. And then, all at once&mdash;how was it?
-How could it be?&mdash;she found herself looking at something quite
-different.</p>
-
-<p>What was that strange shape high up above her head?...
-Where was she? What had become of the bed in which a second
-ago she had been lying? How did it happen that she was
-standing upright, gazing about her, in what seemed a vast hall
-filled with moonlight and shadows and dim forms?</p>
-
-<p>She heard a voice&mdash;Diana’s voice, surely!</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we? I can’t understand <i>anything</i>. Can you?”</p>
-
-<p>Rubbing her eyes, Rachel looked again. Yes! Diana was
-beside her. She too was in her nightgown, and they were both
-standing on the pavement of some huge room which stretched
-away right and left into darkness. It certainly ought to have
-been frightening to find oneself all at once in an unknown place
-surrounded by mysterious shapes, in the middle of the night.
-But curiously enough, Rachel was not in the least frightened,
-nor, judging from her voice, was Diana. Both children were
-deliciously excited, indeed. But of fear there was not in either
-of them a trace.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know I believe it’s the <i>Museum</i>,” Rachel whispered.
-“Only it’s a part of it I’ve never been to before.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that big thing up there?” returned Diana in an
-answering whisper. “Let’s come back a little&mdash;we shall see
-better.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span></p>
-
-<p>They were standing just under something that looked in the
-half light like a great block of stone on the top of which there was
-an object which neither of them could see distinctly.</p>
-
-<p>Taking hands they moved backwards a few steps, and again
-looked up.</p>
-
-<p>The silver-green moonlight, streaming in from some window
-high above their heads, fell full upon the face, and part of the
-body of a marble horse.</p>
-
-<p>The statue aloft upon its pedestal looked very grand and majestic.
-But, as even in the dim light, the children could see, it was
-only after all a <i>fragment</i> of a statue.</p>
-
-<p>“What a lovely horse. But he’s broken,” exclaimed Diana,
-still in a low voice. “Isn’t it a pity? There’s only his face and
-a piece of his body left. I wonder how he got broken?”</p>
-
-<p>Before she had finished speaking, Rachel suddenly squeezed
-her friend’s hand with a tight clasp.</p>
-
-<p>“Look! Look!” she whispered, scarcely able to speak for
-excitement. For the strangest thing was happening. A kind
-of pearly mist was gathering to form the missing body of the horse,
-and presently out of the mist, his face, no longer a marble one,
-but quivering with life, looked out. He shook his head and the
-metal curb in his mouth rattled as he fixed his great dark liquid
-eyes upon the children.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s coming down,” cried Diana, half excited, half afraid.</p>
-
-<p>Quickly she leapt back to make room for him, dragging Rachel
-with her.</p>
-
-<p>In less than a second, with a bound so rapid that they could
-scarcely see how he left the pedestal, a graceful, beautiful white
-horse stood on the pavement before them, gently pawing the
-ground, and moving his head slowly from side to side.</p>
-
-<p>And then, marvel of marvels, he <i>spoke</i>.</p>
-
-<p>“Have no fear, O little ones,” they heard, in a tone soft, yet
-distinct. “I am here at the bidding of your friend, Sheshà&mdash;greatest
-of magicians.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel glanced triumphantly at Diana, as if to say, “I told
-you so.” And the beautiful steed went on:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span></p>
-
-<p>“For this one night I am your slave. Command me. What
-is it you wish to know, or to see?”</p>
-
-<p>Diana pinched Rachel’s wrist as a sign for her to speak, and
-after a moment she said timidly:</p>
-
-<p>“We would like to know about <i>you</i> first. Why were
-you on that pedestal? And all broken? Where do you come
-from?”</p>
-
-<p>“Something of my history, little maidens, you shall hear later.
-For the present, be content to know that you behold in me a horse
-as famous as he is beautiful.”</p>
-
-<p>This was said very simply, and the children could well believe
-its truth, for never had they seen such a lovely creature as that
-now standing before them.</p>
-
-<p>His coat, smooth and soft as ivory satin, gleamed in the
-moonlight. His limbs were strong, yet formed with perfect
-grace, and his dark, lovely eyes shone in a face that was at the
-same time gentle and full of intelligence.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t wonder that someone made a statue of you,” exclaimed
-Diana. “But what a pity it’s so broken. How did it
-get broken?”</p>
-
-<p>“Many things get broken in the course of two thousand years
-and more, little one. Since I was first carved in marble, much
-that was beautiful has been destroyed, either by man, by earthquake,
-by fire, or other calamities.”</p>
-
-<p>He sighed and turned his head restlessly as he glanced right
-and left about the great hall. Rachel and Diana, who till now had
-been too engrossed by his marvellous and sudden appearance to
-pay attention to anything else, now followed his gaze, and saw
-that the hall in which they stood was filled with fragments of
-buildings, with broken statues, broken columns, stone or marble
-lions and other wild animals, all more or less damaged.</p>
-
-<p>“Behold!” exclaimed their strange companion, after a moment.
-With a movement of his head, he indicated something
-which stood on a massive block near him, and the moonlight was
-so bright that the children saw the object plainly.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a big wheel!” cried Diana. “What is it?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span></p>
-
-<p>“One wheel of the chariot to which my statue was harnessed
-ages and ages ago!”</p>
-
-<p>“But where? Why? <i>Do</i> explain all about it,” cried Rachel,
-eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Would you see the monument itself of which these columns,
-these statues, these poor broken things are but the fragments?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, <i>yes</i>!” returned the children, both together. They
-glanced at one another rapturously, for evidently this adventure
-was to be continued.</p>
-
-<p>“Your wish shall be granted,” said the lovely creature.
-“But first, that you may gaze upon one of the Wonders of the
-World with greater interest, look round you and behold, here,
-where you stand, the poor scattered remains of its beauty....
-Take note of those statues facing you, for defaced, disfigured as
-they are, they represent a famous king and queen.”</p>
-
-<p>The children looked up obediently at two gigantic statues of
-a man and a woman, both clad in robes beautifully draped, who
-stood side by side on a great block of stone. Scarcely anything
-was left of the woman’s face, though the head of the man was
-almost perfect.</p>
-
-<p>“You behold Queen Artemisia and King Mausolus,” said
-their new friend. “Now turn and regard that pillar behind
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>The children looked in the required direction and saw, flooded
-in moonlight, a tall, beautifully fluted column, to which was attached
-a piece of broken ceiling.</p>
-
-<p>“That was once part of the monument you shall presently
-see as it looked in its first beauty,” he continued. “Come, mount
-upon my back. We tarry too long in this narrow place where
-there is scarce room to move, encumbered as it is by these fragments
-of the past. Let us away to sunshine and blue
-sky!”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe40_625" id="i_115">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_115.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>THEY HAD A GLIMPSE OF THE CITY</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>Very gently and carefully, so that he did not touch any of the
-objects close to him, the snow-white horse knelt down, and, with
-a shake of his bridle, invited the little girls to climb on his back.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</span>
-They glanced at one another, rather afraid, but Rachel, after a
-moment’s hesitation, went boldly up to him and, holding tight to
-his mane, scrambled on to his back.</p>
-
-<p>“Come along!” she called to Diana. “It’s always all right
-when Sheshà manages anything, and he’s managing this.”</p>
-
-<p>Taking courage, Diana followed, and, in a moment, both children
-were seated.</p>
-
-<p>“Well done!” exclaimed their steed. “Have no fear, little
-maidens. You are safe. No harm shall befall you.”</p>
-
-<p>With the last words he began to rise from the pavement, floating
-slowly upwards.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! we shall bump against the ceiling!” began Diana, in
-alarm.</p>
-
-<p>“No. Look! look!! There isn’t any ceiling!” cried Rachel.
-“It’s all melted away, and there are the stars....”</p>
-
-<p>In another second they were out in the open air, seated as comfortably
-on the back of the white horse as though they were on
-the schoolroom sofa, and feeling quite as safe. Below them lay
-the roof of the British Museum, and beyond it, stretching for miles
-and miles, all the crowded roofs, the spires, the domes and the
-lights of London. For a moment they had a glimpse of the wonderful
-city lying silent under the moonlit sky, and then they
-soared upwards so high that all sight of it was lost.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re going awfully fast,” whispered Rachel. “Isn’t it
-perfectly lovely?”</p>
-
-<p>And Diana sighed in perfect content. For, indeed, it was
-beyond all words wonderful to be rushing through soft, warm air
-under the moon, and to feel the gentle rocking motion of the horse’s
-body under them. Faster and faster they flew through the ocean
-of air, and the children screamed with delight when now and again
-their giant shadows were thrown for a second upon a white cloud
-as they shot past in their flight.</p>
-
-<p>On and on fled their magic steed, moving his limbs in the sea
-of air as a swimmer moves in water, his beautiful mane streaming
-like a white mist behind him.... Gradually the moonlight faded,
-and, for a time, only the stars shone in the dark blue sky.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span></p>
-
-<p>“We’re flying over the sea now. I can hear it!” whispered
-Rachel presently, for they had dropped lower by this time, and a
-deep murmur and even every now and then the gentle splash of
-waves could be distinctly heard.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s getting light,” answered Diana, in a sleepy voice.</p>
-
-<p>There was silence for some time, and perhaps both children
-fell asleep, for, almost at once as it seemed, instead of a grey
-gleam of dawn, they saw that the sky was all flushed with rosy
-light, and everything was now clearly visible.</p>
-
-<p>“Look! Look!! We’re quite close to the land!” cried
-Rachel, pointing to where rocky mountains stood up against the
-sky. “Oh, Diana, isn’t it beautiful?”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe62_5" id="i_118">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_118.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>By this time they were hovering above a white-roofed city,
-curving round a beautiful blue bay.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we?” begged Rachel, leaning forward to speak
-to their flying steed, who was now moving slowly.</p>
-
-<p>“This land, O child, is Asia Minor, and the part of it you now
-see was called long ago, when I was young, Caria. The city just
-below us is Halicarnassus.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then the sea is the Mediterranean, I suppose?” said Rachel.
-“And we are not so far from Rhodes?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Yonder is the island of Rhodes,” he answered, turning
-his head in its direction. “You can see it, a dim shape on the
-horizon&mdash;not so very far, as you say, from the city of
-Halicarnassus.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! what is <i>that</i>?” exclaimed Diana, suddenly
-catching sight of something
-gleaming white through a
-grove of trees at a little
-distance.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe50" id="i_119">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_119.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“The very monument I have brought you to behold. A Wonder
-of the World. The place where, carved in marble, my image<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span>
-once stood beside the statues of a king and queen. Come, let
-us approach it.”</p>
-
-<p>Turning a little aside from the city itself, the horse dropped
-gradually lower, and, after just skimming the ground for a moment,
-allowed his hoofs to touch it, and finally stood motionless in front
-of a lovely building.</p>
-
-<p>A stately flight of steps, whose balustrade was guarded by
-marble lions, led up to a square tower, and higher still to a cluster
-of beautiful columns. Above this was a sort of pyramid, with
-steps mounting yet again to a chariot of marble in which stood
-two figures, a man and a woman. The chariot was drawn by
-magnificent horses, and as the children looked at these, they cried
-out together, pointing to them, eagerly:</p>
-
-<p>“Why, they’re all of them&mdash;<i>you</i>!” exclaimed Diana. In
-her excitement she let herself slip easily to the ground. Rachel
-followed her example, and both stared up at the group of horses
-on the summit of the building.</p>
-
-<p>“What we saw in the Museum before you turned into a
-real horse is just one head of you!” cried Rachel. “Then
-those people in the chariot must be the broken statues that
-are also in the Museum&mdash;I mean before they were broken?”
-she went on.</p>
-
-<p>The steed bowed his head. “You are now beholding the
-statues of Queen Artemisia and King Mausolus as they appeared
-soon after the sculptors had finished their work. There
-also you see <i>my</i> image as it, too, appeared nearly three thousand
-years ago. Or, rather, my image four times repeated in each of
-the four horses.”</p>
-
-<p>The children were at first silent, for amazement and
-admiration held them spellbound. The sun was rising, and
-bathed in its light, the building was more lovely than tongue
-can tell.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s like a tower in a fairy tale. The kind of tower a magician
-builds, you know!” declared Rachel, at last.</p>
-
-<p>“But what is it for?” added Diana, after a moment.</p>
-
-<p>“It is a tomb, little maid.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span></p>
-
-<p>“A tomb?” echoed Diana. “All that great big beautiful
-place only for a tomb?”</p>
-
-<p>“The great Pyramid was a tomb,” Rachel told her in an aside,
-“and that’s bigger, you know. Whose tomb is it?” she went on.</p>
-
-<p>“Would you hear the whole story? I am here to tell it, if
-that should be your wish. Let us then rest in the shade of these
-cypress trees while you listen.”</p>
-
-<p>Their guide lay down and stretched
-his beautiful body at full length on
-the soft turf, while the children, with
-their hands clasped round their knees,
-sat facing him, eagerly
-waiting for him
-to speak.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe78_5" id="i_121">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_121.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“I cannot, O little maidens,” he began, “relate to you the
-history of this magnificent tomb without telling you something
-of my own story, which is in a way bound up with it. Already
-it must be clear to you that I am no ordinary horse. The
-time has now arrived when I may reveal my name. Know, then,
-that I am no other than <i>Bucephalus</i>, the famous steed of the greatest
-conqueror in the world, Alexander the Great.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span></p>
-
-<p>“I was born in Greece, but when I was still very young, I was
-sent as a gift to the King of Macedonia, a country bordering upon
-my native land. As yet, no man had ridden me, and being young
-and untried, I was so impatient of control that when the king
-would have mounted upon my back, I reared and plunged, lashing
-out with my hind legs in a fashion so dangerous and unseemly
-that no one might approach me.</p>
-
-<p>“Full of anger at my fierce behaviour, the king was ordering
-me to be sent back whence I came, when his son, the young
-Prince Alexander, cried out, ‘This is a noble horse! Will you
-lose him for lack of a little skill and courage? Give me leave,
-my father, to make trial of him.’</p>
-
-<p>“At first the king, afraid for his son’s life, refused, but, the
-entreaties of Alexander at last prevailing, he gave consent for
-the prince to approach me.</p>
-
-<p>“At once the noble boy drew near, and boldly seizing me by
-the bridle, turned me about so that my face was to the sun. For
-he had the wisdom to perceive that what had terrified my foolish
-young heart was nothing but my own shadow. This, now
-that the sun was not at my back, I could no longer see, and gradually,
-as I felt the prince’s kind hand patting my neck and stroking
-my glossy hide, I ceased to tremble. But, even so, such was my
-folly and youthful pride I would not have allowed him to mount
-if he had not with great skill taken me by surprise. As it was,
-before I had time to consider, I felt him already on my back, and,
-bounding forward in anger, I began to run like the wind. Far
-from making any endeavour to check my speed, the prince,
-without touching me with whip or spur, urged me on with
-ringing shouts of encouragement, and not till I was worn
-out did he draw rein. By that time I was his slave. His
-voice, his gentle touch had tamed me, and with delight I accepted
-him as my master. Never shall I forget how the king and his
-courtiers who had been struck dumb with fear while I raced
-like a mad thing, Alexander upon my back, now gathered round,
-praising us both.</p>
-
-<p>“The king, embracing the prince, exclaimed, as I remember:<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span>
-‘My son, seek a kingdom more worthy of thee, for Macedonia
-is not sufficient for thy merits!’</p>
-
-<p>“This advice as perhaps I need not remind you, Alexander
-was not slow to take, for a few years later, when his father died
-and he became King of Macedonia, he began those conquests which
-have made him for ever famous. Soon nearly all the world that
-was then known owned his sway. In all his victories I, Bucephalus,
-had my share, for I carried him into every battle. No one
-but my dear master would I allow to mount me, and, in order that
-he might do this the more easily, it was my custom to kneel down
-upon my forefeet as soon as he was ready to bestride me&mdash;just
-as some little while ago I knelt down for <i>you</i>, little maidens.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe75" id="i_123">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_123.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Ah! those were happy days when we went out to conquer, and
-great was my joy in battle. I felt no fatigue when I carried Alexander
-into the fight, and no horse
-ever loved a master so well as I
-loved mine. No master on the other
-hand was more devoted to a steed
-than Alexander to his.
-What other horse, I
-pray you, has given
-his name to a city?
-Yet of me this may
-be said, for where at
-last, worn out in his
-service, I died, Alexander
-built a city
-where he buried me,
-and called it <i>Bucephalia</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>The beautiful
-creature sighed, but
-a moment later recovered
-himself.</p>
-
-<p>“You will wonder,”
-he went on,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span>
-“when I am coming to the story of the noble tomb before you,
-and what it has to do either with me or with Alexander. This I
-will now relate. About the time when Alexander became King of
-Macedonia, there was a Persian king reigning here in this city of
-Halicarnassus. His name was Mausolus, and he had a beautiful
-wife called Artemisia, who loved him devotedly.</p>
-
-<p>“You, O little ones, who live in modern days in a grey city,
-where people go clothed in sad colours and walk in dingy streets,
-have no idea (except from your fairy tales) of the manner in which
-a Persian king and queen kept their court nearly three thousand
-years ago.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, the beauty and luxury I have seen in those Persian palaces!”
-exclaimed Bucephalus, as though to himself. “The marble
-courtyards with their springing fountains, the jewelled thrones, the
-silken robes, men and women alike blazing with precious stones&mdash;and
-over all the glorious blue sky and the splendid sun!”
-He sighed again, and for a while seemed lost in thought.</p>
-
-<p>“Those days are gone for ever,” he went on at last. “But
-it was amidst such scenes, in such pomp and luxury as this,
-that Mausolus and his queen Artemisia dwelt in the city of Halicarnassus.
-Some years they lived together in great happiness, and
-then, to the terrible grief of his queen, King Mausolus died. In
-her despair and misery, Artemisia could think of no other means
-of distraction than that of building to the memory of her husband
-so beautiful a tomb that it should be famous throughout the world,
-and for ever preserve the name of Mausolus.</p>
-
-<p>“She had vast riches, and because she was a learned and enlightened
-queen, she knew that it was to Greece she must turn
-to spend her wealth. For in Greece dwelt all the great
-artists, whether sculptors, architects or poets.</p>
-
-<p>“This tomb raised to the memory of her husband, Mausolus,
-was to be the Wonder of the World. Not content with one Greek
-architect, therefore, she employed no less than four to design and
-beautify the building you see before you, which faces north, south,
-east and west. Scopas it was who built the eastern side, Leochares
-the west, Bruxis the north, and Timotheus the south. These<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span>
-were famous men in my day, and even when they had finished
-their labour, and even when the tomb of Mausolus was surrounded
-by colonnades, supported by beautiful pillars, and lined with
-magnificent statues, the queen was not satisfied. The tomb must
-be still more wonderful, still more stately. So she sent for
-Pythios, a great sculptor, and ordered him to erect above the
-temple-like tomb, a pyramid. On the top of the pyramid he was
-to place a group in marble which should represent herself and
-Mausolus, standing side by side, in a chariot drawn by four horses.</p>
-
-<p>“Now Pythios was anxious to find as a model for these horses
-the most beautiful steed in the world. And where, said everyone,
-could he find a creature more beautiful than the famous Bucephalus
-of Alexander?</p>
-
-<p>“So Pythios came to our court and sought of my master permission
-to make drawings of me in varying attitudes as I reared
-or ran. This being granted, I became the model for all four of
-the marble steeds who drew the chariot of King Mausolus and
-his queen Artemisia. Behold them! For in magic fashion you
-see them as they appeared long, long ago, when this tomb was
-first completed. Greatly favoured are you, little children, for other
-mortals now living must be content to gaze only upon those broken
-fragments of the tomb, which, in recent days, have been drawn
-from the earth. Long, long ago, was this magnificent monument
-destroyed, and were it not for my company and the magic of
-Sheshà, who has called me to this earth once more, you would be
-looking upon nothing but ruin and destruction here in this place.
-See how splendidly white and dazzling appears that noble group
-against the deep blue of the sky! And then contrast it with the
-battered figures, the one chariot wheel, the broken horse’s head,
-which is all that now remains. Still more wonderful that such
-fragments should at last have found their way to your grey city
-of London&mdash;thousands of miles away.”</p>
-
-<p>Bucephalus paused once more, wrapped in earnest thought,
-which the children scarcely dared to disturb, though they were
-longing to ask questions.</p>
-
-<p>“You will ask,” he continued presently, “how I, who at the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span>
-time when this tomb was built dwelt far from Halicarnassus,
-know all that I have related. Let me explain.</p>
-
-<p>“Though Pythios had taken me as a model for those famous
-horses of his, I never thought to behold them, and when I have
-completed the story of Queen Artemisia, I will relate how it
-chanced that I <i>did</i> at last look upon them with my own eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“The great tomb, so marvellous, so beautiful that it became
-one of the Seven Wonders of the World, was at length finished&mdash;as
-you see it. A miracle in marble, with the queen herself and
-her dearly loved husband standing together to endure as she thought
-for ever. Her task completed, and with nothing else to live for,
-the queen pined away, and a year later died. The monument
-she raised, as you know, is shattered to fragments, but, after all,
-Artemisia’s wish was fulfilled, for the name of her husband, at
-least in a fashion, yet lives. Ever since her day, every splendid
-tomb, such as that in which kings or great heroes are buried, has
-been called a <i>Mausoleum</i>. And when people of the present age
-speak that word, though they may not be aware of it, they are
-uttering the name of Mausolus, so dear to Artemisia.</p>
-
-<p>“And now to return to my own history.</p>
-
-<p>“Fourteen years after the death of this unhappy queen, I
-bore my master, Alexander, into yonder city of Halicarnassus, as
-a conqueror. He had fought and defeated the sovereign then
-reigning in Caria, and all the inhabitants of this country did him
-homage. How well I remember the morning he rode out to see
-with his own eyes this very tomb of which he had heard so much.</p>
-
-<p>“It was a morning such as this. The sun, just as you see it
-now, had newly risen, and then, as now, the marble pillars, the
-chariot group, the statues stood out white as sea-foam against a
-sky, every whit as deep and blue as you behold.</p>
-
-<p>“Alexander stood transfixed with admiration, and I could
-not refrain from a glance of pride at my own image, four times
-repeated on the summit of the building.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Ah!’ thought I, ‘when she ordered those marble horses to
-be carved by the greatest sculptor of her time, little did Queen
-Artemisia guess that the model from which they were designed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span>
-would one day gallop proudly into her city, bearing upon his back
-the conqueror of her kingdom.’ It was a sad and overwhelming
-reflection, and, as I gazed upwards at the statue of Artemisia herself,
-I half expected her to descend in wrath from her chariot to punish
-my insolence. But, after all, it was Alexander, not I, who had
-taken Halicarnassus, as I made haste to assure myself, and I
-turned my head to look in the face of my beloved master. He was
-gazing sadly at the tomb, and I fancied that, conqueror though he
-was, he thought with sorrow and pity of the unhappy queen.
-For as generous as brave was my dear master, Alexander the
-Great.”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Quite a long silence followed the last words, and it was a silence
-which somehow the children had no wish to break, for they
-both felt a little dreamy and disinclined to speak.</p>
-
-<p>“Presently,” thought Rachel, “we’ll ask him to let us go up
-that splendid staircase and get inside the temple where Mausolus
-is buried. There must be all sorts of lovely things there.” But
-at the moment she felt it was enough just to sit still and gaze at
-the outside of the tomb, at the burning blue of the sky behind it,
-at the sparkling bay beyond, about which the flat-roofed white
-houses of the city clustered.</p>
-
-<p>“It will be awfully interesting to walk about in Halicarnassus,”
-she reflected. “I wonder whether we shall see Queen Artemisia?
-We <i>might</i>. Anything of course could happen. And it’s all just
-as real as&mdash;as though it <i>was</i> real,” she added, at a loss how to put
-it to herself. It was just when she had made this half-dreamy
-reflection that she saw the tomb of Mausolus beginning to totter.
-It swayed for a moment right and left before her eyes&mdash;and
-then was gone. So also was the city. She had a flashing
-glimpse of mounds of earth, and of a plain scattered over with
-stones, before Grayson stood putting a can of hot water upon the
-wash-stand.</p>
-
-<p>“Time to get up, Miss Rachel,” she observed, cheerfully.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Never had Rachel so longed to see Diana as now. If Diana<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</span>
-knew nothing about this adventure&mdash;then it was only a dream,
-and that would be too dreadful.</p>
-
-<p>She could scarcely wait till the afternoon, when her friend
-was to come round to go for a walk with her. One glance, however,
-at Diana’s face when at last she came, reassured her. Their eyes
-met, and Diana’s were sparkling and full of mystery. You may
-imagine what they talked about in Kensington Gardens that
-afternoon when they ran on together in front of Miss Moore.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe125" id="i_128">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_128.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="SIXTH_WONDER">SIXTH WONDER <br />
-THE LIGHTHOUSE OF ALEXANDRIA</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_129" style="max-width: 59.375em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_129.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-
-<p>The day after their walk in Kensington Gardens, Diana, full
-of distress, ran in to see Rachel early in the afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you think? I have to go to the seaside to-morrow!”
-she exclaimed, breathlessly. “Mother and Father
-are going, and they say I’m to go with them, and&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“But how lovely!” interrupted Rachel. “For <i>you</i>, I mean.
-It will be horrid for <i>me</i>,” she added, dejectedly. “Why don’t
-you want to go?”</p>
-
-<p>Diana stared at her. “Don’t you understand? I shall be
-away more than a week, and”&mdash;she lowered her voice mysteriously&mdash;“the
-<i>seventh</i> day, you know, will come round, and I shan’t
-be here, and I shall miss the chance of an adventure. Oh, I do
-envy you, Rachel! I’d rather never go to the seaside again than
-miss all the exciting things that might happen. And you see I
-can’t explain why I don’t want to go&mdash;so it’s all perfectly horrible.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you know I don’t believe it makes a scrap of difference
-<i>where</i> we are,” declared Rachel. “If ‘he’ wanted us to go to the
-Museum, or to Egypt, or to Rhodes, or anywhere, we could go just<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span>
-the same, whether we were in London or by the sea, or at the North
-Pole. You remember what everybody says about him.” She
-glanced over her shoulder to make quite certain that they were
-alone, and went on to quote in a whisper, “‘<i>Sheshà, greatest of Magicians</i>.’
-Salome said that, when I was in Babylon, and the other
-night, you remember, Bucephalus said it when he changed into a
-real horse. And, of course, he <i>is</i> the greatest of magicians. He
-can do anything he likes. I shouldn’t worry a bit about going
-away if I were you. I only wish I had the chance.”</p>
-
-<p>Diana’s face became radiant.</p>
-
-<p>“I never thought of that!” she exclaimed. “How clever
-you are, Rachel. Oh, if only you were coming, too, it would be
-perfectly splendid.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel sighed. “It will be awfully dull without you. But
-all the same I expect I shall meet you <i>somewhere or other</i> in a few
-days. Seven days, or perhaps nights, from the evening before
-last, you know!” she went on with a little chuckle of anticipation.</p>
-
-<p>She felt nevertheless so depressed at the thought of losing
-Diana, even for a short time, that what happened next seemed
-altogether too good to be true.</p>
-
-<p>“Would you like to go to the seaside with Diana?” enquired
-Aunt Hester at tea-time.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel’s face of joy was such an answer that Aunt Hester
-laughed.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe75_375" id="i_130">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_130.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Well, I think you may. I’ve just had a note from the child’s
-mother to say you could share a room with
-Diana at the hotel. They’ll be there for a
-week.... It will do her good to
-get out of London for a few
-days,” she went on, turning to
-Miss Moore. “She’s a country
-child, you see, and she’s beginning
-to look a little pale. A
-breath of sea air won’t hurt her.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel could have screamed
-for delight, and as though things<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span>
-could not happen too fortunately, just at that moment, Mr. Sheston
-was announced.</p>
-
-<p>She hadn’t seen him for nearly a fortnight, so she would
-anyhow have been very glad of his arrival, but to-day, his coming
-seemed specially fortunate as a kind of sign that she had been
-right in offering consolation to Diana. A few minutes later,
-indeed, she was even more certain of it.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no use suggesting a visit to your favourite place of amusement,”
-said Aunt Hester, in a quizzical tone when she had welcomed
-the old gentleman and given him some tea. “Rachel is
-going to St. Mary’s Bay for a week with her little friend, so she’ll
-be far away from such entertainments as museums.”</p>
-
-<p>“So shall I,” returned Mr. Sheston, helping himself to cake.
-“Curiously enough <i>I’m</i> going to St. Mary’s Bay in a day or two
-for a little change of air.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel really <i>did</i> scream for joy at this news, and when, after
-some eager questioning she discovered that Mr. Sheston was actually
-going to the very hotel in which Diana’s father and mother
-had taken rooms, she was almost sure that whatever else happened,
-she and Diana would not miss an “adventure.”</p>
-
-<p>It was altogether delightful at St. Mary’s Bay. The weather was
-perfect. Diana’s father and mother were, next to her own, Rachel
-thought, the nicest father and mother in the world, and it was
-gratifying to find that they very much liked their little daughter’s
-new friend, Mr. Sheston. All day long, she and Rachel were out of
-doors, scrambling about bare-footed on the rocks, and enjoying
-themselves tremendously.</p>
-
-<p>At intervals, of course, they discussed their chances of an adventure,
-and, as the magic seventh day approached, their excitement
-increased.</p>
-
-<p>“It makes it such fun that he never says anything about the
-magic between whiles, doesn’t it?” Rachel observed on the morning
-of the day when something might be expected to happen.
-“He’s just like a nice old gentleman, except at ‘seven’ times.
-Can’t you imagine how people would stare at him if they knew he
-was Sheshà, and Dinocrates, and Cleon, and ever so many more?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span></p>
-
-<p>“And that he can make Alexander’s beautiful horse come
-back again to the world, and fly with us to Halicarnassus!” put in
-Diana with a laugh of triumph. “They only think he’s a dear,
-clever old gentleman who knows all about things in the British
-Museum. It’s jolly to be us and to know ever so much more about
-him than just <i>that</i>!”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t forget he’s promised to take us up the lighthouse this
-afternoon,” remarked Rachel, as they went into the hotel for lunch.</p>
-
-<p>They reminded him of this promise almost before he had taken his
-place opposite to them at the table, and an arrangement was made
-to meet on the terrace outside, at three o’clock. “After I’ve had my
-nap,” said Mr. Sheston, in his character as an old gentleman who
-took care of himself and could not do without his midday sleep.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe45_3125" id="i_132">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_132.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Punctually at three o’clock, however, he made his appearance
-on the terrace,
-and they all set
-out to walk to the
-lighthouse.</p>
-
-<p>It was built at
-the end of a long
-spur of rock which
-jutted out from the
-bay for quite half
-a mile, and when
-at last they reached
-the strong stone
-tower, both children
-thought how
-lonely was the spot
-on which it stood.</p>
-
-<p>It was great fun
-to climb the twisting
-stone staircase
-within the lighthouse
-and to come
-at last into the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span>
-“lantern”&mdash;a round room at the top, from which there was a wonderful
-view of the great expanse of sea now calm and blue as any
-mountain lake.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I should like to live up here!” exclaimed Diana, enthusiastically,
-when the lighthouse-keeper had explained all about
-the working of the great shining lamp.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, it’s all very well now, missie,” returned the old sailor-man,
-shaking his head. “But you wouldn’t like it so much on
-some of the nights we gets up here in the winter. To look at that
-there sea now, you’d never think, p’raps, what it’s like in the winter
-when there’s a great storm, and the waves come on mountains
-high, a-dashing all around, with the wind howlin’ and shrieking
-like a lot ’er wild animals, and the spray tossin’ right up to them
-there winders, and beatin’ against ’em like mad. And the birds&mdash;them
-sea-gulls flying round the light as they do&mdash;gettin’ all ’mazed-like
-and confused, dashin’ theirselves against the glass, poor
-things, an’ cryin’ most uncanny.... It’s wild enough up ’ere
-then, I can tell you. Not altogether comfortable-like either,”
-he added, with a broad smile.</p>
-
-<p>“And it’s even worse for the poor sailors in the ships, isn’t
-it?” said Rachel, nodding seawards. “How glad they must
-be to see your light that keeps them from getting on to the rocks.
-I should think they feel awfully glad then that lighthouses are
-invented. How <i>were</i> they invented?” she asked, suddenly turning
-to Mr. Sheston. “I mean who first thought of making a
-lighthouse?”</p>
-
-<p>Scarcely had she asked the question, when the glass-encircled
-room, with its huge lantern, was blotted out in darkness. Another
-second and Rachel felt a fresh wind blowing in her face, and, before
-she had time to cry out to Diana, Diana herself gave a scream of
-amazement and delight.</p>
-
-<p>“Rachel! Look&mdash;look! What is it? Where are we?” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>For a moment Rachel paid no heed to the second question.
-She had no idea where she stood. She only knew that she was
-gazing upon something very strange and wonderful. It was
-night and quite dark, and she heard the sound of water lapping<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span>
-close to her feet. But her eyes were fixed upon something that
-looked like a gigantic lily rising out of the sea, and made visible
-by <i>flames</i>, which at its summit leapt and danced and streamed
-upwards towards the night sky.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re on a <i>ship</i>,” whispered Diana, excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>And then, for the first time, Rachel realised that she was standing
-on the deck of a vessel, and that all around her, sailors were
-moving, busy with ropes and sails as they shouted to one another
-in a language she did not understand.</p>
-
-<p>The flames darting from the top of the wonderful column
-lighted up a great track of water between the ship and the coast,
-which was plainly visible in the red glare of the fire. So also was
-the ship that sailed over the illuminated sea, and the figures of the
-sailors on board. They were like no sailors she had ever seen,
-for they were clothed in a strange fashion, and wore curiously
-shaped caps.</p>
-
-<p>“There is the first lighthouse,” said a well-known voice, and
-turning together, the children saw standing behind them&mdash;Mr.
-Sheston. Rachel, at any rate, knew it was Mr. Sheston, even
-though he looked quite different, and wore a tunic with a cloak
-thrown over his shoulders, for she was accustomed by this time
-to seeing him in various guises.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, <i>do</i> tell us where we are,” she begged. “We’re on the
-sea, of course&mdash;but what sea is it? And how far are we back
-into the Past? And what is your name <i>this</i> time?”</p>
-
-<p>The tall dark man laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“Let me take the questions singly. This is the Mediterranean
-Sea. We are about two thousand five hundred years back into
-the Past. The land there is the coast of Egypt. And my name
-you already know, for I am Dinocrates.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, then it was you who built the Temple of Diana?” asked
-Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“And you were the little boy with the leopard skin? And
-afterwards&mdash;hundreds of years afterwards&mdash;you built the <i>first</i>
-temple&mdash;and the second and third ones too,” cried Diana.
-“Mr. Sheston told us all about you, and&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span></p>
-
-<p>But here Diana paused, for she suddenly realised that Dinocrates
-and Mr. Sheston were one and the same.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel had evidently come to a like conclusion, for all at once
-she said in a whisper, “I thought so.”</p>
-
-<p>There was silence for a moment while both children, rather
-confused, were considering the strangeness of this. Then Rachel,
-who was never very long quiet, began again:</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a great town behind the tower, isn’t there? When
-the flames blow backwards I can see the houses.”</p>
-
-<p>“You behold the city of Alexandria.”</p>
-
-<p>“Alexandria?” repeated Diana quickly. “That reminds me
-of&mdash;<i>last</i> time. Bucephalus, you know, and Alexander the Great....
-Has the town anything to do with him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Everything,” answered Dinocrates. “He founded it, and
-gave to it his own name, the name by which men who live in your
-world of to-day, still call it. But it was I who built it,” he added.
-“That is, you understand, it was I who made the plans for the
-building of the city.”</p>
-
-<p>“And did you build the lighthouse too?” asked Diana.</p>
-
-<p>Dinocrates shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>“Nay, not to me, but to another, do the sailors owe that tower
-of warning&mdash;the tower that has saved many lives.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do tell us about it,” urged Rachel. “Who first thought
-of it? I suppose the sort of lights we have now with reflectors
-and all that, weren’t invented when <i>this</i> lighthouse was made?
-But what a good idea to make flames come out at the top instead.”</p>
-
-<p>“You shall hear the story of the lighthouse,” said Dinocrates,
-“but let us sit at our ease while I relate it.”</p>
-
-<p>He pointed to a coil of ropes, and the children, settling themselves
-close together upon it, found that it made a most comfortable seat.</p>
-
-<p>Dinocrates meanwhile wrapping his cloak about him lay full
-length upon the deck near them, and turned his face in the direction
-of the lily-white tower with its crown of leaping flames. For
-a moment he did not speak, and the children were so impressed by
-the wild beauty of the scene that they too were silent.</p>
-
-<p>The vessel, as strange to their eyes as were the sailors who<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span>
-formed its crew, glided slowly and softly over the dark water on
-which lay a pathway of crimson light. To and fro moved the
-sailors, sometimes singing, sometimes laughing, sometimes shouting
-to one another as they went about their work, but paying no
-heed to their visitors.</p>
-
-<p>The flames from the lighthouse rising and falling revealed a
-coastline with a fringe of white houses, and on the sea other ships
-moving in various directions, their sails sometimes lighted up
-brightly in the red glow of the fire.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel, who had sunk into a sort of happy dream, started
-when at last their companion spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you remember,” he began, “what Bucephalus, that
-famous horse, has already told you concerning his master, Alexander
-the Great? How that he set out to conquer the world?
-Bucephalus has, I know, related to you how his master took the
-city of Halicarnassus in Asia Minor and visited the tomb of
-Mausolus, built by the sorrowing Queen Artemisia. That, however,
-was only the beginning of his victories.</p>
-
-<p>“A little later, when all Asia Minor owned his sway, he turned
-his thoughts to Egypt and conquered <i>that</i> country also. Sailing
-in his barge up the great river Nile which waters the land, he
-came at last to where it flows out into the sea&mdash;this very sea upon
-which you are now sailing. But he found no city there, such as
-by the light of that beacon fire you now behold. Only a few poor
-huts stood then at the mouth of the great river. ‘Here,’ thought
-Alexander, ‘is the place for a mighty port, and here a mighty
-town shall arise. But whom shall I employ to build such a city
-for me? Who is the greatest architect now living?’ Instantly
-my name was upon his lips. For, only a year before, he had seen
-the great new temple I had completed at Ephesus, in honour of
-Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“At once he sent for me, and straight from the building of
-that temple in Ephesus I came hither. Let me now show you,
-little maids, what I found where now that lighthouse and that
-city stand. Rise, and bow with closed eyes seven times in the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span>direction of the shore.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana needed no second invitation. They leapt
-to their feet and obeyed.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp54" id="i_136fp" style="max-width: 114.25em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_136fp.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>THE PHAROS LIGHTHOUSE</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>“Open now your eyes and behold,” said Dinocrates.</p>
-
-<p>Again the children did as they were told, and found, scarcely
-to their surprise now, so accustomed to marvels had they grown,
-that the night had vanished. It was broad daylight, and the sun
-streamed down upon a bare rocky island separated by a narrow
-belt of sea from the mainland. There was no city, no lighthouse,
-only a few rough huts upon the rocky island round which the sea-gulls
-circled, uttering sad cries. A mighty river, flowing through
-miles of flat land, poured its waters into the sea close to the island.</p>
-
-<p>“This,” said Dinocrates, when the children had gazed a moment
-at the scene, “was what I found, when, at the command
-of Alexander, I came hither to build the city. That bare island
-in front of the mainland was then, and is still called, the Isle of
-Pharos.”</p>
-
-<p>He waited a moment.</p>
-
-<p>“Close once again your eyes, and wait till I pronounce the
-magic number,” he presently directed.</p>
-
-<p>At the word <i>seven</i>, the children looked again, and together
-uttered a long <i>Oh!</i> of astonishment at the change which had taken
-place. There was the island indeed, but no longer bare and uninhabited.
-A gleaming bridge joined it on the land side to a city
-whose temples, open-air theatres, statues and monuments shone
-white and splendid in the sunshine. The whole, including three
-sides of the island, was enclosed by a mighty wall with turrets
-at intervals upon it, and the water space between the island and
-the city was now a harbour in which ships rode at anchor.</p>
-
-<p>“There stands Alexandria as I built it over two thousand years
-ago,” said Dinocrates, quietly. “And there, bearing the same
-name, the name of Alexander the Great, it stands to-day. English
-sailors anchor their ships in its port, many English people live there,
-and it has heard the guns of the Great War that is just over.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not like Babylon, or Ephesus&mdash;all in ruins,” murmured
-Rachel. “Alexandria has <i>lasted</i>.”</p>
-
-<p>“It has lasted&mdash;but it no longer looks as you see it here. Time<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span>
-and change! Time and change!” murmured Dinocrates, softly.
-“It is a modern city now, and most of what <i>I</i> built is ruins beneath
-its present squares and houses.”</p>
-
-<p>“But there’s no lighthouse&mdash;even as we see the place now,”
-exclaimed Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“There was no lighthouse even in my time, little child. It
-was not till I had been dead twenty years and more that the beacon
-tower was built.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe56_25" id="i_138">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_138.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Rachel glanced at him. “After you had&mdash;gone on? Gone
-into another life, you mean?” she said.</p>
-
-<p>Dinocrates smiled kindly at her.</p>
-
-<p>“That is a better way of saying the same thing, little maid,”
-he agreed.</p>
-
-<p>“But you promised you would tell us about the lighthouse,”
-began Diana, after a moment. “<i>Do</i> tell us, please,” she urged.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span></p>
-
-<p>Again Dinocrates smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“I am coming to it, impatient one,” he began, when Rachel
-interrupted.</p>
-
-<p>“I want to know all sorts of other things first,” she declared.
-“Did Alexander live here after the town was built?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nay, and he never saw more of the city than its beginning.
-He was marching always from country to country, conquering
-the world, and had no time to return to the place which bears his
-name. Though, after all, I am wrong. He <i>did</i> come back. But
-when he came, Death, not he, was the conqueror. He died in
-Babylon, but they brought him hither, to the city built at his command,
-and here he was buried.”</p>
-
-<p>“Was his lovely horse dead by that time?” asked Diana.
-“I hope so. Because he would have missed his master.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, yes,” put in Rachel. “Don’t you remember that
-Alexander buried him and named a town after him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course! How silly of me....” Diana turned expectantly
-to Dinocrates.</p>
-
-<p>“And about the lighthouse?” she persisted.</p>
-
-<p>“Our ship is about to enter the harbour,” said their companion.
-“We will land, and go to the spot where the lighthouse
-finally arose. There I may best tell you its story.”</p>
-
-<p>In a few moments the little vessel on the deck of which they
-stood, had been safely steered into the harbour between the island
-of Pharos and the city. At a quay running alongside of the
-island, they stepped off the ship, and “Dinocrates” led the way
-to a rock jutting out into the sea. It was a position from which
-there was a view of the busy harbour, and of the long bridge joining
-the island to the city, over which passed continually a gaily
-coloured crowd. Mules with gaudy trappings were driven by
-shouting boys. Ladies in silken litters were borne along by dark-skinned
-slaves. Men dressed in tunics like the one worn by “Dinocrates”
-sauntered by, and from the city itself came a confused
-hum of voices.</p>
-
-<p>By turning their backs to the bridge the children found the
-blue sea almost at their feet, stretching away to the distant horizon.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span></p>
-
-<p>Dinocrates began to speak again, and the water lapping against
-the rocks close at hand murmured between the pauses of his story.</p>
-
-<p>“There lies the city I began to build while Alexander was yet
-alive,” he said, pointing backwards over his shoulder. “I was
-a famous architect in those days, and rich men sent me their sons
-to learn from me. But among all my pupils the best, the most
-brilliant, was Sostratus. He came to me when he was but a lad,
-and I early foretold for him a great career. I loved him dearly,
-and he was to me like a son. His native land was Greece, and,
-though he spent some years with me during the building of Alexandria,
-he returned more than once to his home, and on one of
-these visits fell deeply in love with a beautiful Grecian maiden.</p>
-
-<p>“Never shall I forget the happiness of Sostratus, when he told
-me that the maiden, with her parents, was coming to Alexandria,
-where the marriage was to be celebrated. All was prepared for
-the bride, and on the appointed day, she set sail to cross the stretch
-of sea between Greece and Alexandria. But, alas, the weather,
-till then calm and peaceful, suddenly changed. A great storm
-arose, and the ship, when it came into sight, though it held bravely
-on, was tossed like a cockle-shell upon the waters.</p>
-
-<p>“Now this bay of Alexandria is difficult of navigation, and in
-the darkness, full of danger. Night came on; there was no
-friendly beacon fire to show the way, and presently we, who were
-gathered here on this very spot, heard the shouts and cries of
-drowning men. Powerless to help, we waited in despair for daybreak,
-only to see the waters strewn with wreckage. Close to
-land, the good ship, with all on board, had gone down for lack of
-a light to show the captain where lay the treacherous rocks.</p>
-
-<p>“Sostratus was wild with grief, from which, as time went on, I
-strove in vain to rouse him. Nothing I could say or do would comfort
-him, till at last, when I was ill and near to death, I called him to
-my bedside and urged him not to waste his life in useless idle despair.</p>
-
-<p>“‘Build something,’ said I, ‘which shall be at once a monument
-to the memory of your bride, and of use to the living. So shall you
-not have passed through this your present life in vain.’</p>
-
-<p>“‘What if I should build a light-tower?’ he asked presently.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span>
-‘Something that shall serve as a beacon and a warning to sailors?
-Already has the thought of such a tower begun to take shape in
-my mind, and now, O master, I swear to thee that I will not rest
-till such a building arises, for by such means, grief such as I have
-endured may be spared to others.’</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe50" id="i_141">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_141.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“With that he began to discuss with me how such a tower,
-the first of its kind, could be constructed so that a light should
-stream constantly from its summit during the darkness of the
-night. And I, seeing him roused from his grief and ready for a
-new interest, passed some days later, happily from that life. All
-that follows, I learnt long afterwards when once more I returned
-to this earth.</p>
-
-<p>“Even before my own death, Alexander the Great had passed
-away, and the world he had conquered was being divided amongst
-the generals who had fought under his command. This land of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</span>
-Egypt, with Alexandria as its port, fell to one of them&mdash;a man
-whose name was Ptolemy. (He it was who helped the Rhodians
-against Demetrius in the famous siege),” he added, turning with
-a smile to Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“And you were <i>Cleon</i> then&mdash;not Dinocrates,” she exclaimed
-quickly. “You remember I told you about that siege, Diana?”</p>
-
-<p>Diana nodded. “But do go on about Sostratus,” she begged,
-turning to Dinocrates. “Ptolemy let him build the lighthouse,
-I suppose?”</p>
-
-<p>“After my death,” continued their friend, “my pupil went to
-King Ptolemy with his plans, and he was ordered not only to set
-about the building of the tower, but to spare no expense and to
-make it the most beautiful monument he could possibly accomplish.
-So Sostratus worked and thought and invented, and in
-time, on the very spot where now we are seated, there rose the
-tower you beheld a short while ago. Four hundred feet high it
-towered above this rock, built of white marble, slender as a lily,
-yet strong as steel. And in the cup-like hollow at the top, was
-sunk a brazier, that is, a huge basket of iron in which a fire was
-kept always burning. The men who from the gallery around this
-hollow tended the fire and fed the flames, were the first lighthouse-keepers,
-and the tower itself, being the first lighthouse, was the
-model for others all over the world. The lighthouse on the spur
-of land at St. Mary’s Bay, little maids, owes its existence to the
-marble tower of Sostratus, as in like fashion do all the other famous
-lighthouses of modern days, such as Eddystone, the North Foreland,
-and the rest. No longer, it is true, do naked flames stream upwards
-into the darkness from these modern towers&mdash;for, in two thousand
-years other light has been invented, as well as shielding panes of
-glass. Nowadays, strong electric globes shoot forth their gleams over
-the sea at night. But the tower of Sostratus was not only the first of
-these friendly beacons but also the most beautiful as a monument.
-So beautiful, indeed, and in those early days so strange to the sight,
-that it was named amongst the Seven Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>“Was it called the Tower of Sostratus?” asked Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Dinocrates smiled and shook his head.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Nay,” he returned, “though that was the wish of Sostratus
-himself. It was called the <i>Pharos</i> Tower&mdash;after the name of this
-island upon which it stood.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why,” exclaimed Diana suddenly, “<i>phare</i> is the
-French word for lighthouse. Is that because of the Pharos
-tower?”</p>
-
-<p>Diana had a French governess, and to Rachel’s wonder and
-admiration, spoke French, if not as well, at least as quickly as she
-talked in English.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” answered Dinocrates. “Every time French sailors
-use that word, even though they have no knowledge of its meaning,
-the work of Sostratus is mentioned by men who live to-day. His
-work is remembered, his <i>name</i> forgotten, even though he strove
-hard that this should not be the case.</p>
-
-<p>“Listen, and I will tell you what chanced. When the tower
-was at length finished and stood gleaming white on this headland,
-the time had come for an inscription to be placed upon it,
-and Ptolemy, King of Egypt, ordered Sostratus to engrave these
-words upon the marble: <i>King Ptolemy to the gods, the saviours, for
-the benefit of sailors</i>.</p>
-
-<p>“Now Sostratus, to whom the lighthouse represented all that
-he now cared for in life, was determined that his own name should
-be read, if not at the moment, at least in time to come. Yet he
-dared not disobey the King’s command. This, then, was the device
-by which he tried to ensure remembrance.</p>
-
-<p>“Deep in the marble he first engraved:</p>
-
-<p>“‘<i>Sostratus, son of Dexiphanes</i>, to the gods, the saviours, for the
-benefit of sailors.’</p>
-
-<p>“Having thus placed his own, instead of the King’s name
-upon the tower, he then covered up the whole inscription with
-mortar, and on the top of it engraved the inscription commanded
-by Ptolemy. Well he knew, that in the course of years, the mortar
-would decay and his own name become visible.... Rise, make
-seven obeisances towards the sea, and you shall behold, if it please
-you, the lighthouse as it appeared a hundred years after Sostratus
-and King Ptolemy alike had left this world.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span></p>
-
-<p>The children lost no time in obeying, and when they opened
-their eyes they found themselves, to their delight, standing at
-the foot of the beautiful white tower. Dinocrates, smiling, stood
-beside them, and pointed to some lettering upon the tower at a
-little height above his own head. The inscription was cracked
-and defaced, and as the words were in Greek, they could not read
-them, but in a hollow, where the mortar had broken away at the
-beginning of the sentence, they saw a name which Dinocrates
-pronounced aloud&mdash;the name of Sostratus, now at last plainly
-to be seen.</p>
-
-<p>The children gazed with interest upon the splendid graceful
-tower springing high above their heads, and then looked from it
-across the bridge to the city.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, the town is ever so much bigger. Twice, three times as
-big,” cried Rachel, as she saw the clustering houses and let her
-eyes wander over the new domes and colonnades, courtyards and
-gardens visible on the other side of the harbour.</p>
-
-<p>“A hundred years have passed between the opening and
-shutting of your eyes,” said the voice of Dinocrates. “The city
-founded by Alexander and built by me has had time to grow and
-to become one of the most famous homes of learning in the world.
-There great men have lived and died, and been forgotten, even as
-Sostratus, despite this inscription made in vanity, is forgotten.
-But Alexandria still lives, though the Pharos Tower, the Wonder
-of the World, is no more. And there, to-day, men who have
-fought in this last great war are planning to dig for buried treasures
-under modern houses and squares. Time goes on and men are
-forgotten, but the work of their brains lasts longer, and sometimes
-bears fruit centuries after they themselves have departed....
-Here, for instance, we stand in this modern lighthouse....”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>It was Mr. Sheston (no longer in the guise of Dinocrates) who
-uttered the last words. Dinocrates, the Pharos Tower, the City
-of Alexandria had vanished, and a moment later Rachel and Diana
-were listening to the sailor-man.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know who invented them,” he was saying, as though<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span>
-in answer to a question, “but, whoever it was, he did a good piece
-of work. There’s too many wrecks as it is, but there’d be a considerable
-number more if it wasn’t for these ’ere light-’ouses.”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>We</i> know who invented them,” whispered Diana to Rachel,
-as they clattered down the winding stairs of the tower.</p>
-
-<p>“Didn’t I tell you that being away from London wouldn’t
-make any difference?” demanded Rachel, triumphantly.
-“Sheshà can do <i>anything</i>!”</p>
-
-<p>“Hush! Here comes Mr. Sheston,” Diana warned her in a
-low voice. “And I suppose we mustn’t say anything. But <i>he</i>
-knows that <i>we</i> know he’s Sheshà and Dinocrates&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“And Cleon&mdash;and all the rest,” put in Rachel. “Isn’t it
-wonderful and&mdash;and <i>fun</i>, you know?”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Sheston, who had lingered in talk with the old sailor
-upstairs, now joined them, and all the way
-home the children chattered demurely
-about the St. Mary’s Bay lighthouse. There
-was no mention of the Pharos at Alexandria.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe125" id="i_145">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_145.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="SEVENTH_WONDER">SEVENTH WONDER <br />
-THE STATUE OF JUPITER OLYMPUS</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_146" style="max-width: 71.875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_146.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Both the children were back again in London a few days later,
-sadly missing the sea and the freedom of St. Mary’s Bay, of course,
-but consoled by the knowledge that Mr. Sheston had also come back
-to town.</p>
-
-<p>One afternoon, soon after their return, Rachel met Diana with
-a radiant face.</p>
-
-<p>“Dad and Mother are coming back,” she exclaimed joyfully.
-“They’re on their way now. And Mother is ever so much better,
-Dad says. And this day week I shall see them, and go home with
-them. Isn’t it perfectly lovely?” But there were sudden tears
-in Diana’s eyes, and, in the midst of her excited talk, Rachel paused.
-“You’re to come and stay with me, of course,” she declared hastily.
-“Do you think I should be so glad if I had to say good-bye to
-you? Mother says she’s writing to <i>your</i> mother to ask her to let
-you stay for a month. And she will, won’t she?”</p>
-
-<p>This announcement had the effect of making Diana’s face
-almost as joyful as Rachel’s, and during their walk that afternoon
-their chattering tongues never ceased. There was so much
-to talk about.</p>
-
-<p>When Rachel had described all the delights of her country
-home, the farm, the garden, the river with its punt, the woods
-in which they could build huts of branches&mdash;the conversation
-turned, as usual, upon the “adventures” in which Mr. Sheston
-was concerned.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span></p>
-
-<p>“There’s still another one to come, you know,” Rachel presently
-declared. “At least I expect so. I’ve been here six weeks now,
-and every seventh day it’s&mdash;<i>happened</i>. And there’ll be another
-seventh day on Wednesday.”</p>
-
-<p>“I do wonder what it will be this time, don’t you?” said
-Diana. “It’s so exciting not knowing where it will begin. Perhaps
-in the British Museum again. I rather hope it will be there.
-It’s so jolly to go with ‘him’ just as other children go with grown-up
-people to the Museum, and yet to know all the time that something
-frightfully interesting is coming.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s just what <i>I</i> feel is so jolly about it,” Rachel
-agreed. “You go through all those rooms and you see statues
-and tombs and stones and things, and they all look <i>dead</i>, and you
-can’t believe the people who saw them thousands of years ago
-were just as much alive as we are now. Every time I go to the
-Museum I feel like that at first. Don’t you? And then it
-<i>happens</i>, you know. Quite suddenly. And everything that looked
-all dull and dead comes to be <i>real</i>. I hope it will begin in the
-Museum this time.”</p>
-
-<p>It did. But before it happened, and as a last treat for
-her niece, Aunt Hester took both children to the circus at
-Olympia.</p>
-
-<p>“What is <i>Olympia</i>?” asked Diana, suddenly, when she and
-Rachel, full of anticipation, were walking with Aunt Hester to the
-omnibus.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s where the circus is held,” said Aunt Hester. “It’s a
-good long ride, so we must make haste.”</p>
-
-<p>“But I mean what <i>is</i> it?” persisted Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it’s a great building. Big enough for all sorts of entertainments,
-as well as the circus, to go on inside it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why is it called Olympia?” asked Rachel. “It’s such a
-funny name for a place where there’s a circus.”</p>
-
-<p>“You must ask Mr. Sheston,” returned Aunt Hester, vaguely.
-“He’ll tell you why, better than I can. By the way, he’s going
-to take you both to the Museum to-morrow. I had a note from
-him this morning. Come along,” she exclaimed, hurriedly, as<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span>
-they turned a corner, “there’s the omnibus just starting. We
-must run for it.”</p>
-
-<p>Seated opposite to one another in the omnibus when rather
-breathlessly they had settled down, Rachel and Diana exchanged
-meaning glances.</p>
-
-<p>“It <i>is</i> going to begin there, you see,” whispered Rachel at
-the earliest opportunity, and Diana agreed with a nod and smile
-of secret delight.</p>
-
-<p>They enjoyed the circus immensely, but beautiful as the horses were,
-and much as they admired them, both children thought of another
-and still more wonderful horse than any that appeared in the ring.</p>
-
-<p>“But, then, Bucephalus was the loveliest and cleverest thing
-in the world,” observed Diana, in a low voice, after Rachel had
-murmured his name. “And I’m sure he would hate to do tricks
-in a circus. He was a <i>war</i> horse.”</p>
-
-<p>“And used to real battles,” agreed Rachel, in an answering
-whisper.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>“Well,” said Mr. Sheston next day, when Miss Moore had
-left both the children with him at the entrance to the Museum.
-“Well, how did you like the circus at Olympia yesterday?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it was lovely!” they exclaimed together.</p>
-
-<p>“Aunt Hester said we were to ask you why it’s called <i>Olympia</i>,”
-put in Rachel, as they began to walk slowly through a statue-lined
-room that had become familiar.</p>
-
-<p>“We may find the answer this afternoon,” answered the old
-gentleman, turning into a room that Rachel knew already. It
-was the room containing the statues of the headless women clothed
-in beautiful drapery.</p>
-
-<p>“These are Greek statues, aren’t they?” she began, pointing
-to the group in the middle of the room. “They were on the outside
-of a temple once, weren’t they? I forget what it was called.”</p>
-
-<p>“The Parthenon in Athens,” Mr. Sheston told her. “There’s
-a model showing the temple as it stood in ancient days, over there
-in that glass case. We’ll go and examine it in a minute. But
-first look up and see those young men riding on horseback.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span></p>
-
-<p>He pointed to a frieze in marble which ran the length of the
-walls and represented a procession of youths mounted upon
-beautiful horses.</p>
-
-<p>“Now let us have a look at this model which shows part of
-Athens as it appeared two thousand years or so ago,” he went on,
-after a moment. The children followed him to a stand upon
-which, modelled in plaster, was a rocky hill with various buildings
-like fair-sized toys scattered over its slope. The names of these
-buildings were written below them, on the white plaster hill, and
-Diana had just exclaimed, “<i>Here’s</i> the Parthenon!” when
-a young voice, which neither of the children recognised, but
-which sounded close at hand, said:</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Seven times with closed eyes shall you bow.</i>”</p>
-
-<p>“Diana!” cried Rachel, a few seconds later, “It’s Athens.
-<i>Real</i> Athens, you know!”</p>
-
-<p>There was no doubt about its reality, for they felt the warmth
-of the sun, saw the overarching blue sky, and gazed with wonder
-and delight upon a beautiful scene.</p>
-
-<p>A hill-side stretched before them, no longer of plaster, but a
-<i>real</i> hill-side, scattered over with marvellous buildings in white
-marble, with groves of trees, and stretches of gardens between them.</p>
-
-<p>“Look! Look!” exclaimed Diana, recognising at least one
-of the buildings. “That’s the Parthenon. There are the great
-beautiful women up in that pointed place above the columns.”</p>
-
-<p>“And they’re not broken!” cried Rachel, excitedly. “They’re
-quite perfect. Look at their faces, and their arms. They had no
-faces and no arms the last time we saw them.”</p>
-
-<p>“And there’s the procession of boys on horseback!” cried
-Diana, pointing to the frieze....</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>“Will it please you to come with me, O maidens?” enquired
-a voice, so near that both the children started before they turned
-round.</p>
-
-<p>Behind them stood a boy of perhaps eleven or twelve years old.
-He was dressed in a shirt or tunic of white wool, without sleeves,
-and over it a white purple-bordered cloak wrapped about him in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span>
-such a way as to leave his right arm and shoulder free. His legs
-were bare, but on his feet were sandals fastened with slender
-cords of leather strapped about his ankles.</p>
-
-<p>His head was covered only by its thick crop of red-gold hair
-which curled closely about his head, and was one of his many
-beauties. For he was an exceedingly handsome boy&mdash;slim, yet
-strongly built. He held his head and body well, and all his movements
-were quick and graceful.</p>
-
-<p>“Who are you?” stammered Rachel, the first to recover from
-surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“My name is Agis,” said the boy. “I am commanded by
-Sheshà, greatest of magicians, to be your guide through our city
-of Athens. Later, I understand, he himself will conduct you to
-the Olympian games.”</p>
-
-<p>Again, as it had so often happened before, though the language
-spoken by the boy was not her own, Rachel understood him perfectly.</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose it’s Greek he’s talking,” she thought hurriedly
-before she began to ask questions.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the Parthenon, isn’t it?” she asked, pointing to the
-gleaming temple. “We’ve seen those statues up there before.
-At least, we’ve seen&mdash;&mdash;” She was going to say “bits of them,”
-but Diana pulled her sleeve, and she stopped just in time to remember
-that it was no use trying to explain to a boy who lived
-thousands of years ago, all about the British Museum!</p>
-
-<p>“Will you tell us what god is worshipped here?” put in Diana,
-politely.</p>
-
-<p>“No god, but a goddess, the great Pallas Athene,” returned
-the boy, glancing at her with his bright eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“She’s the same as <i>Minerva</i>, you know,” whispered Diana
-quickly, having learnt this from her father.</p>
-
-<p>“Within,” the boy went on, “stands the statue of the goddess
-made by Phidias, the wondrous sculptor.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is he alive now?” enquired Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Agis laughed. “Nay. He has been dead two hundred years
-and more. You must have come from a very far country, O
-maidens, to be so ignorant!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span></p>
-
-<p>“We have,” said Rachel, smiling in her turn. If only the boy
-could have known. It was only two hundred years for <i>him</i> since
-the sculptor Phidias died, while for her and for Diana it was considerably
-more than two <i>thousand</i> years. “We don’t know anything
-about your country,” she continued, “so will you please
-explain everything.”</p>
-
-<p>“That would take me far too long, because I must soon return
-to the gymnasium, whither you may accompany me. I have
-only brought you here for a moment that you may glance at the
-most famous of our temples and public buildings. The city itself
-lies down yonder.” He pointed to a sea of white flat-roofed houses
-below.</p>
-
-<p>“What is that place, high up on the hill?” asked Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“The citadel&mdash;our fort of defence which we call the Acropolis.
-Beneath it, as you see, and under its protection, as it were, are the
-other buildings, of which the most precious is the Parthenon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we go in, and look at the statue of the goddess?”
-begged Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Agis shook his curly head.</p>
-
-<p>“Time is lacking. But it may be that, some days hence, you
-will see another, and perhaps even more famous statue, carved
-also by Phidias. It stands in the temple of Zeus at Olympia.”</p>
-
-<p>The children exchanged quick glances at the mention of the
-word.</p>
-
-<p>“What <i>is</i> Olympia?” asked Diana, and as she put the question
-she suddenly remembered asking it before. Yesterday, was it?...
-It seemed ages and ages ago, or like something in a dream.
-She and Rachel had been then on their way to the circus at <i>Olympia</i>,
-and she had asked Aunt Hester&mdash;&mdash;</p>
-
-<p>Her bewildering thoughts were interrupted by a long shrill
-whistle from Agis. It was so like the sort of whistle her brother
-Jack gave when he was teasing her, that Rachel laughed. After
-all, Agis was very much like an ordinary schoolboy, even though
-he did talk in what she called “an old-fashioned long-ago” style.</p>
-
-<p>“You know not <i>Olympia</i>, maidens? What then have you to
-live for, if you know not the Olympic games?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span></p>
-
-<p>“We really <i>don’t</i> know anything about them,” said Rachel,
-apologetically. “You see we live in a different country, and&mdash;well,
-in a different time.”</p>
-
-<p>She couldn’t help adding this, in her desire to defend herself
-from the charge of ignorance, but the boy took no notice of the
-last remark.</p>
-
-<p>“Come with me, and by degrees it may be I shall enlighten
-you,” he said, still in a mocking voice.</p>
-
-<p>He turned quickly, and Rachel and Diana, after one backward
-glance at the snow-white temple adorned with its perfect sculpture,
-followed him meekly down the hill. In a few moments they found
-themselves threading their way through the narrow streets of the
-city of Athens. These streets were bounded on either side by
-blank walls, broken here and there by a door.</p>
-
-<p>“But where are the houses?” enquired Diana presently.</p>
-
-<p>“These doors lead to our houses,” returned the boy, tapping
-one of them as he passed.</p>
-
-<p>“There aren’t any windows!” objected Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“Would you have windows upon the street?” said Agis.
-“An idea comic indeed, O maidens!”</p>
-
-<p>The children were too occupied with the strangeness of everything
-around them to reply to this. Every now and then they
-emerged from narrow roads between walls into a great square,
-and here the surrounding buildings were magnificent. There were
-long colonnades where people, dressed more or less in the same
-fashion as Agis, lounged or walked, and often in the midst of the
-square they saw beautiful statues.</p>
-
-<p>“Look!” said Diana presently, pointing to a garland of leaves
-hung upon the knocker of a door. “Why is that wreath put
-there?” They had turned into another narrow street by this
-time.</p>
-
-<p>“A new-born child is in the house without doubt,” returned
-Agis carelessly. “A boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“How do you know?” asked Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“If it had been a girl, there would be a wreath of wool, instead
-of olive leaves. You may see such a one over there,” replied Agis,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span>
-nodding in the direction of another door further on, where a twisted
-loop of violet wool hung from a knocker.</p>
-
-<p>The children were much interested.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s awfully nice to know like that about the babies,” declared
-Diana.... “Where are we going, Agis? What is this
-place?” she added curiously, as the boy ran on in front of them
-up a broad flight of steps leading to an imposing building.</p>
-
-<p>“This is the gymnasium, and unless we hasten, I shall be late,
-and my instructor will be angered.” Agis looked over his shoulder
-to say this. “Follow me, and pay no heed to anyone, for no one
-will pay heed to you. Sheshà has put you under my guidance&mdash;I
-know not why. But I know that, except to me, you are invisible.
-Go boldly into yonder courtyard and watch. I must
-first leave my garments in the corridor.” He ran quickly down a
-passage to the right, and the children, full of wonder, walked on
-into a sunny square, enclosed by high walls, where little boys were
-going through all sorts of exercises.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, don’t they look pretty without their clothes!” was
-Diana’s first exclamation. For all the boys were naked, and as
-they ran and leapt, and the sunshine fell upon their little white
-bodies, they did indeed look beautiful.</p>
-
-<p>“He said it was a <i>gymnasium</i>,” said Rachel. “But there
-aren’t any rings and poles and things, like there are in our
-gymnasiums. I suppose this was the <i>first</i> sort of gymnasium, and ours
-are named after it?” she went on suddenly, as the idea struck her.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s Agis!” cried Diana, as the now naked boy appeared.
-“Doesn’t he look like a statue come to life? Oh, look, Rachel!
-What is he going to do? That man&mdash;I suppose he’s the master?&mdash;is
-rubbing him all over with something. It’s oil, isn’t it? and
-those other boys are being rubbed with it too.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s to make them move their bodies easily, I expect,” said
-Rachel. “You know how oil makes stiff things like rusty locks quite
-smooth and easy. I suppose it’s the same with people’s joints.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now they’re throwing sand over one another!” Diana exclaimed.
-“What’s that for, I wonder? Oh! they’re going to
-wrestle. Agis and that dark boy together. Do you see?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</span></p>
-
-<p>“That’s why they put sand on themselves then,” suggested
-Rachel. “They’d be too slippery to hold one another without.
-Oh, <i>do</i> look! Isn’t it jolly to see them? Agis is winning!
-I’m sure he’s winning.”</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe83_25" id="i_154">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_154.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>With breathless interest the children watched the
-boys as they turned and
-twisted&mdash;all their movements
-swift and graceful as the
-movements of beautiful wild
-forest animals. After the wrestling
-they saw several races
-between companies of boys, and
-then looked on at exercises in
-throwing a round object something
-like a quoit made in lead.</p>
-
-<p>It was all wonderful to see.
-To sit in the sunshine, to hear
-the voices and laughter of the
-boys, to watch their graceful
-movements, and yet to know
-that the scene before them was
-really far away&mdash;back two
-thousand years and more into the Past, indeed, was a strange-enough
-experience. Every now and then, when they realised
-this, it made both of the children very quiet, and even a
-little sad.</p>
-
-<p>They forgot this impression however when, at last, the training
-over, Agis beckoned to them to follow him out of the gymnasium.</p>
-
-<p>In a few moments he was dressed again, and as the children
-walked on either side of him, through squares and streets, they
-kept up a fire of eager questions.</p>
-
-<p>“This is the last day of our training,” explained Agis. “To-morrow
-we start on our journey, and in three days begin the great
-games in Olympia. May the gods grant me patience to live till
-then!” he went on excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“But you haven’t yet told us what Olympia <i>is</i>,” urged Diana.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Strange that you are ignorant of the Olympic Games which
-are renowned throughout the world,” sighed Agis. “Yet do I
-remember that Sheshà bade me have patience to tell you everything.</p>
-
-<p>“Know then, as all the world but you, O maidens, are aware,
-that every five years, at Olympia, which is in a part of Greece
-called Elis, games are held at which it is the highest honour in the
-world to compete. For the four years between the great year
-of the games, all youths who are Grecian by birth are trained
-at schools called gymnasia&mdash;one of which you have lately beheld.</p>
-
-<p>“Towards the end of the fourth year, in every part of our
-country, those who have best acquitted themselves in the training
-are chosen to go to Olympia and contend for the prizes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then <i>you</i> are chosen,” said Rachel joyfully.</p>
-
-<p>“I to my great content am to run in the first race, and my
-elder brother, Phidolas, is also among the athletes. <i>He</i> is to compete
-in the horse race, for he is a skilled rider, and has the most
-perfect mare that was ever bred,” he added enthusiastically.
-“Her name is Aura, and presently, if it please you, we will see
-her.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we <i>love</i> horses!” exclaimed Diana. “Do tell us some
-more about the games. Who began them? How long have
-they been going on?”</p>
-
-<p>“For a thousand years and more. Zeus, father of all the gods,
-first commanded them to take place, to celebrate his victory over
-the giants who, before him, ruled the world. Since then, they
-have been held, as I have already said, every four years, for the
-honour and glory of heroes.”</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Zeus</i> is the same as Jupiter, I think,” whispered Diana to
-Rachel. “Yes. I remember. Father told me so.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time Agis had stopped at one of the doors set in the
-blank wall of a narrow street, and he lifted and let fall the knocker
-with a resounding clang.</p>
-
-<p>“This is my home. I must set some repast before you, for
-indeed you must need it, O strange and ignorant maidens,” he
-added, with his teasing schoolboy smile.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</span></p>
-
-<p>The door was opened at the moment by an old man whom the
-children at once guessed to be a servant.</p>
-
-<p>“Or a <i>slave</i>, I expect,” said Rachel, as Agis hurried on in front.
-“They had slaves in Greece, didn’t they?”</p>
-
-<p>“Now we shall see the inside of a Greek house as it was
-thousands of years ago,” returned Diana eagerly.... “Isn’t
-this a <i>splendid</i> adventure?”</p>
-
-<p>They found themselves in a passage which led into a square
-courtyard roofed by the blue sky. A colonnade ran the length
-of the four sides of this courtyard, and from it on the side away
-from the open space, they saw various rooms. Agis pushed back
-a door, and called to the children to follow him.</p>
-
-<p>“It is past noon,” he said, “and our meal is already served.
-Enter and eat with us.”</p>
-
-<p>Full of curiosity, Rachel and Diana followed the boy into a
-room whose walls were covered with large black panels upon which
-were painted figures in brilliant colours. Surrounding each panel
-there was a rich border of painted flowers. In the midst of the room,
-placed on trestles, was a table, at which the men of the family
-were already seated. The father, a middle-aged man, dressed
-very much in the same fashion as Agis, except that he wore a
-saffron-coloured instead of a white cloak, looked up and smiled
-as the boy entered. But he took no notice of the two little girls,
-and they felt quite sure he neither saw nor heard them.</p>
-
-<p>Seated near to him was a very handsome young man who
-looked about nineteen or twenty. Except that his curly hair was
-dark and his eyes brown, instead of grey, he was so like Agis that
-the children knew he must be the brother Phidolas, of whom he
-had spoken.</p>
-
-<p>Agis swung himself into his place at the table, which was spread
-with dishes containing olives, figs, a sort of cream cheese, and
-flasks of wine, and passed some of these things to his invisible
-guests.</p>
-
-<p>“Phidolas and I are, as a matter of course, in training for the
-games,” he said. “Therefore we must eat only of such diet as
-this. But it may be that simple food pleases you? Eat and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</span>
-drink, and fear no questions from my father and brother. The
-magic of Sheshà protects you, and they are ignorant of your
-presence.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana were too interested to care much for food,
-though the ripe figs they tasted were delicious. They cast quick
-glances about a room so strange to them, and noticed that it contained
-scarcely any furniture. Except for the simple trestle
-table, and the chairs round it which were of a beautiful shape and
-had curved arms, there were only two tripods, each holding an
-elegant vase, placed in corners against the walls. The door opened
-upon the colonnade, and beyond it they saw the courtyard with
-its roof of wonderful blue sky.</p>
-
-<p>“To-morrow at this hour we shall be upon the journey!”
-exclaimed Agis, addressing his brother. “And at this hour three
-days hence thou wilt without doubt be in the midst of the race,
-Phidolas!”</p>
-
-<p>“The gods grant thee victory, my sons,” said the father
-gravely. “I pray to them for their favour and protection.”</p>
-
-<p>Before long the three were in animated talk about the games,
-and the children listened eagerly to discussions as to which of the
-candidates from Athens had the best chances of victory.</p>
-
-<p>“All goes well with thy mare, I trust?” asked Agis, presently,
-turning to his brother.</p>
-
-<p>“With Aura all is well,” returned Phidolas cheerfully. “Let
-us now go to her stable and see that she is fed.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys rose, and at the moment two slaves entered, who,
-taking the dishes from the table, removed the board and the trestles,
-thus in less than two minutes leaving the room practically empty.</p>
-
-<p>“<i>Our</i> dinners take much longer to clear,” murmured Rachel.
-She looked at Agis. “Haven’t you any mother? Or any
-sisters?” she asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes,” said the boy. “My mother lives, and I have two
-sisters. But they are not with us, of course.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” demanded Diana.</p>
-
-<p>Agis stared. “Always I forget you are strangers!” he declared,
-laughing. “They are in the women’s part of the house,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</span>
-where they live. They do not pass their time with us. In our
-country such is not the custom. Look yonder!” He took them
-out into the courtyard and pointed to where, through a passage,
-they saw another open space surrounded by a colonnade.</p>
-
-<p>“That is the women’s quarter,” he explained, carelessly.
-“There my mother and sisters live and do their work.”</p>
-
-<p>“What sort of work?” asked Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>Agis shrugged his shoulders. “The usual work of women.
-They and the female slaves spin wool for our garments and cook
-our meals and prepare medicines and cordials in case of illness....
-But come, follow me, and you shall behold Aura, who is well
-worthy of your regard.”</p>
-
-<p>“I shouldn’t like to have been a Greek girl in Athens long ago,
-would you?” whispered Rachel to Diana. “It must have been
-horribly dull!”</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder what Agis thinks of <i>us</i>,” chuckled Diana. “He’s
-never met girls like us before. You can see that. Sheshà seems
-to be able to do anything he likes in any country. No wonder
-everyone calls him ‘greatest of magicians.’”</p>
-
-<p>They were following Agis and Phidolas all this time, and
-presently through a door that led from the covered colonnade
-came to a yard, in which stood a stable built of rough stones.
-Aura, the mare of which they had heard so much, was looking over
-its low door, and, at the sight of her, both children cried out in
-delight.</p>
-
-<p>“She’s almost prettier than Bucephalus,” Rachel declared.
-“Look at her lovely brown satin coat, and her sweet beautiful
-eyes!”</p>
-
-<p>“And doesn’t she simply <i>love</i> Phidolas?” exclaimed Diana.
-“Look at her now.” The beautiful creature was rubbing her
-head against the young man’s shoulder while he talked to her, as
-though she were a human being.</p>
-
-<p>“Thou wilt win me the race, is it not so, my lovely one?” he
-murmured in her ear, while Agis, after patting her shining neck,
-went to fetch a handful of corn.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Rachel, if <i>only</i> we could go to Olympia and see the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</span>
-games!” sighed Diana. “But you heard what Agis said. The
-journey will take about three days, so of course we couldn’t&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>She broke off in the midst of the sentence to rub her eyes.
-Rachel was rubbing hers also.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we?” she began incoherently, gazing about her.</p>
-
-<p>“We were looking at Aura&mdash;and now&mdash;oh, Rachel, I do believe
-it’s <i>Olympia</i>!” the last words were uttered with a gasp of excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“It <i>is</i>. I’m sure it is,” Rachel agreed.</p>
-
-<p>“Then we must have passed over three days in just that second
-while we stood by the stable. How could we possibly have done
-that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sheshà says Time is a magic thing,” returned Rachel, dreamily.
-“And it isn’t, anyhow, more wonderful than all the other things
-that have happened.... Just see how lovely everything looks,
-Diana. Don’t let’s bother about how we got here.”</p>
-
-<p>“The sun is just going to rise, isn’t it?” whispered Diana,
-still bewildered and rather awed by the suddenness of this change
-of scene.</p>
-
-<p>They were standing on a rocky spur of mountain looking down
-upon a huge circular space, enclosed by tier above tier of empty
-seats.</p>
-
-<p>On the left, through a gap in the hills, they saw the calm blue
-sea, stretching away to where above the horizon the sun, like a
-shield of fire, was just rising. In front of them, and overshadowing
-part of the enclosed space (which at once reminded the children
-of a huge circus ring) there lay a thick wood.</p>
-
-<p>Everything was very still. Not a sound broke the silence, and
-there was something in the appearance of the vast empty ring
-with the empty seats about it, and the mountains and the sea
-as background, which for a moment was rather terrifying.</p>
-
-<p>Diana drew closer to Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish someone would come,” she murmured.</p>
-
-<p>It was just then that a well-known voice made the children
-turn with joyful relief to see Sheshà. They knew him at once,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</span>
-though he was dressed in the Grecian costume to which they were
-now growing accustomed.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we’re so glad you’ve come!” sighed Rachel. “It was
-getting lonely here. This is Olympia, isn’t it? But where is Agis?”</p>
-
-<p>“And Phidolas?” put in Diana.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe50" id="i_160">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_160.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“This is Olympia, on the western shores of Greece. Here,
-when the sun has fully risen on this the first day of the games,
-will be held those contests renowned
-throughout the world. From every part of Greece
-the competitors have already arrived, Agis and Phidolas among
-them. The youths are lodged in yonder town; and in all the
-villages near, other athletes, as they are called, have found
-lodging. Ere long they will begin to assemble.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you will tell us all about it!” exclaimed Diana. “Better
-than Agis, because <i>you</i> know who we are, and he can’t understand&mdash;lots
-of things. But he’s awfully nice,” she added hastily.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp53" id="i_160fp" style="max-width: 125.5em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_160fp.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>THE OLYMPIC GAMES</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</span></p>
-
-<p>Sheshà smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“Come with me, and, before the games begin, I will show you
-what I can. First shall you see the temple which encloses one
-of the Wonders of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>“One of the Seven Wonders?” asked Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“One of the Seven Wonders,” repeated Sheshà.</p>
-
-<p>In another second, and without knowing how they reached it,
-the children found themselves standing near a temple in front
-of which stretched the wood they had seen from the mountain
-side.</p>
-
-<p>“This is the famous temple of Zeus or&mdash;to give him the name
-more familiar to your ears&mdash;of Jupiter Olympius. He it was who,
-according to the Greeks, first commanded these games&mdash;the
-Olympic Games&mdash;to be held. Later you shall behold the great
-statue it contains. For the moment let us wander a little through
-this wood, sacred to Jupiter.”</p>
-
-<p>“These are oak trees. It’s an oak wood,” said Rachel, who
-was wise in knowledge of the country and its trees and flowers.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, because the oak is the special tree of Jupiter&mdash;his sacred
-tree. Therefore, very rightly, an oak wood stretches before his
-temple.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, there’s a statue!” exclaimed Diana suddenly, pointing
-to where, between the trees, she had caught sight of a gleam of
-white.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a whole line of them,” she went on. “Do let us go
-and look.”</p>
-
-<p>“Patience,” counselled Sheshà. “We shall pass them on our
-way. These,” he said, when in a moment or two they had
-reached the marble figures, “these are the statues representing
-those youths who, as victors in the Olympic Games, claimed the
-right to have their statues set up in the sacred wood. Some of
-them, as you behold, are already ancient, for it is long, long ago
-since these contests first began.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we exactly&mdash;in the ‘Past,’ I mean?” asked
-Rachel. “Has Alexander the Great conquered Greece
-yet?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</span></p>
-
-<p>Sheshà shook his head. “Alexander is as yet unborn. The
-games you will behold to-day are full a hundred years before
-his time. Greece, though declining from the height of her glory,
-is still free.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look! There’s quite a little boy here,” cried Diana,
-who was carefully examining the statues. “Anyhow, he doesn’t
-look any older than Agis. But <i>he</i> must have won a prize, I suppose,
-or his statue wouldn’t be here?”</p>
-
-<p>“It has sometimes happened that young children have been
-victors,” said Sheshà. “That child was one of them.”</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana gazed admiringly at the slim graceful figure
-of the boy.</p>
-
-<p>“How pleased he must have been!” exclaimed Diana. “Oh,
-wouldn’t it be joyful if Agis should win to-day?”</p>
-
-<p>“The funny part of it is,” began Rachel, slowly, “that it’s
-settled&mdash;one way or the other. We shall be seeing all over again
-something that’s already happened, you know. It’s awfully uncanny
-when you come to think of it, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà smiled, and gently smoothed her hair.</p>
-
-<p>“All new ideas appear ‘uncanny’ at first, little maid. Yet
-the familiar is really quite as marvellous as the little known....
-Come now, it is time we returned, for the sun is mounting higher,
-and the competitors will be arriving. We will return to this
-sacred wood, and to the temple, at the end of the day. Then
-shall you behold the great statue of Zeus, the Seventh Wonder
-of the World.”</p>
-
-<p>Almost before he had finished speaking, the children found
-themselves back again in the huge “circus-ring” with its background
-of mountains! But now it was no longer empty. An
-enormous multitude of people filled the seats surrounding the
-hollow space, and from the crowd there rose a murmur like the
-hum of thousands of bees.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana, seated on either side of Sheshà, in “the
-best places of all,” as Diana excitedly whispered, looked round
-them with amazed curiosity. First they let their eyes wander
-over the rows of spectators, clad in the Greek dress that was still<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</span>
-strange to the sight of little English girls. The general colour
-of the crowd was white, varied by patches of the crimson and
-green and blue of many of the cloaks.</p>
-
-<p>Overhead was the glorious blue sky, and the sun’s rays, warm
-but not as yet too hot, streamed over and lighted up the wonderful
-scene, which every moment grew more interesting and
-animated.</p>
-
-<p>“That,” said Sheshà, pointing to the clear space below, “is
-the place of combat, called the <i>stadium</i>. And, now, behold the
-judges are just about to take their places.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a raised platform or daïs in the middle of the
-stadium, and towards this the children saw several stately figures
-advancing. In a few moments these men, seated in chairs of a
-shape like those they had already seen in the home of Agis, had
-taken up their position on the daïs, each one holding on his knee a
-crown of olive leaves, and in his hand a palm branch.</p>
-
-<p>“What are those for?” Rachel asked.</p>
-
-<p>“To crown the victors. They are the only prizes, and are
-more eagerly coveted than gold or precious stones. To win those
-simple crowns the youths of Greece train strenuously for years.
-You have already in Athens seen a gymnasium. That to which
-Agis belongs, is only one of hundreds, as such training schools exist
-all over Greece, for the teaching of these physical exercises which
-have made the Greek nation the most beautiful in the world....
-Here come some of the competitors&mdash;the <i>athletes</i>, to give them the
-right name. Behold them!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look! look, Diana!” shouted Rachel, pointing to where
-a procession of boys on horseback came riding into the stadium.</p>
-
-<p>“What does it remind you of?” asked Diana quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s exactly like that marble picture of boys riding
-we saw&mdash;where was it? Why, on the Parthenon temple, of
-course!”</p>
-
-<p>“But we saw it first in the British Museum,” Diana reminded
-her.</p>
-
-<p>“Where it rests now, having been torn from one of the noblest
-temples in the world,” said Sheshà, sadly. “The sculptor who<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</span>
-made that frieze, the great Phidias, must have many times seen
-processions like to this,” he added, pointing to the beautiful boys
-who, mounted on no less beautiful horses, were now cantering
-round the stadium while the crowd applauded loudly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes! Yes! It’s just as though those marble boys had come
-to life,” declared Diana, excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look!” interrupted Rachel, still more thrilled. “There’s
-Phidolas riding upon his lovely horse! Oh, don’t they look
-splendid together?”</p>
-
-<p>“And there’s Agis!” cried Diana, jumping up and clapping
-her hands. “Do you see? With a crowd of other boys, just
-coming in. Oh, this is simply <i>frightfully</i> exciting!”</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà laughed. “Listen to the heralds,” he counselled.
-“The games are just about to begin.”</p>
-
-<p>A silence all at once fell upon the vast swaying crowd, while
-several men with trumpets, advancing from the centre of the
-stadium and addressing the people, cried out the names of the
-competitors, and the cities from which they came.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel and Diana exchanged delighted glances when the name
-of Agis of Athens was announced among the rest, and, after the
-last notes of the trumpets had died away, they saw the athletes
-being arranged for the first race.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the umpire, I suppose?” whispered Rachel, pointing
-to a man who was marshalling the boys.</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà nodded, and, a second later, Diana asked eagerly:
-“What are they doing now?” For one of the umpires was reciting
-something in a loud voice, to which all the competitors
-replied with a shout of assent.</p>
-
-<p>“The athletes are taking the oath to observe all the rules of
-the games, and to gain no advantage by means unfair and dishonourable,”
-explained Sheshà.</p>
-
-<p>“Look! Look! They’re off,” cried Rachel, as she pranced
-up and down, quite unable to keep still.</p>
-
-<p>Like a streak of white lightning round the ring, the boys and
-young men rushed with a swiftness which made the children hold
-their breath. Shouts of encouragement and of delight from the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</span>
-audience accompanied their course, and, after a few moments of
-tense excitement, the trumpets blew, and, yes&mdash;! It was the
-name of Agis that resounded through the stadium! There came
-a hurricane of applause in which the children madly joined. Then
-other contests took place.</p>
-
-<p>Each one of these, the wrestling, boxing, quoit throwing, and
-especially the chariot racing, had its separate thrill, and was
-followed with breathless interest by the crowd. But it was the
-great horse-race to which both the children looked forward with
-the most intense longing&mdash;the race in which Phidolas and his
-beautiful mare, Aura, were to compete. At last it came. There
-were many competitors, all of them splendid youths, mounted
-upon splendid horses. But, while preparations for the start were
-being made, Rachel and Diana’s eyes strayed oftenest to Phidolas
-and Aura.</p>
-
-<p>A deep sigh from both of them told of their suspense, when like
-an arrow from a bow, Aura sprang forward with her rider, and the
-whole crowd of horsemen were off like the wind.</p>
-
-<p>Once round the stadium had the racers been, when suddenly
-a great cry arose from the spectators. Phidolas had been thrown!
-For a second he lay on the ground, till the umpires, rushing forward,
-dragged him out of the way of thundering hoofs. Then a
-mighty clamour arose....</p>
-
-<p>“What are they saying? Oh, what <i>is</i> it they’re shouting?”
-begged the children, wild with anxiety.</p>
-
-<p>“They are pitying Phidolas, since it was to keep faithfully
-the rules of the race that he was unseated,” explained Sheshà.
-“Did you not see how he swerved to avoid hindering the rider
-that followed him in his course?”</p>
-
-<p>But the children scarcely listened, for another shout, this
-time of amazement, made them look to where everyone was
-pointing.</p>
-
-<p>Wonder of wonders, Aura, unchecked in her speed by the fall
-of her master, was racing as though he had still been on her back
-to guide her!</p>
-
-<p>On she flew, keeping the pace well, though two or three other<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</span>
-horses had already outstripped her. The crowd had become silent,
-too full of wonder and interest to shout, and all eyes followed Aura,
-who was still a little behind the foremost riders.</p>
-
-<p>And now, at the last round, according, as Sheshà explained, to
-the usual custom, the heralds raised their trumpets, and blew
-strong blasts to encourage the racers.</p>
-
-<p>At the sound, pricking up her ears, Aura gathered herself
-together, and, with a flying leap, outdistanced the foremost horsemen,
-and amidst the deafening cries and applause of the
-spectators, was first to reach the goal!</p>
-
-<p>Nor was this all. No sooner was the race at an end, than,
-throwing up her graceful head, she trotted to the daïs where the
-judges sat, and stood meekly before them.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, the darling lovely thing!” cried the children, incoherently,
-amidst the tumult. “She’s won! She’s won! The
-judges <i>must</i> say she’s won!”</p>
-
-<p>And they did. In another moment the children saw two
-umpires leading Phidolas, unhurt, between them. Lightly he
-sprang upon the back of his mare, and as wild shouts rent the air,
-the judges placed the wreath of olives upon his close-cropped curly
-head, and proclaimed him and his horse joint victors.</p>
-
-<p>After this wonderful thing had happened, it seemed almost
-impossible that there should be any greater excitement in store.
-Yet when, preceded by heralds blowing trumpets, the successful
-athletes marched round the stadium and the air rang with the
-shouting and applause of the multitude, it seemed that <i>this</i>, after
-all, was the greatest moment of the day. It was difficult to decide
-which of the two brothers, Phidolas or Agis, was received with the
-wildest enthusiasm. When Agis was crowned, the people roared
-their applause because of his youth (and, indeed, as he followed
-the heralds he looked a charming, but very little boy). And when
-Phidolas, in his turn, rode round the stadium, the people were
-again worked up to a frenzy of delight, and Aura, as though she
-knew that part of the applause was meant for her, stepped
-proudly, and arched her glossy neck, while her beautiful dark
-eyes thanked the people for praising her.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, won’t their father be proud!” exclaimed Rachel.
-“Fancy having two sons winning the olive wreath!”</p>
-
-<p>“Will they have their statues put up in the sacred wood?”
-Diana asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes&mdash;and there also will be the statue of the mare, Aura,”
-said Sheshà.</p>
-
-<p>Diana jumped for joy. “So she ought! So she ought! She
-deserves it,” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>“Nor does the triumph of those athletes who have conquered
-end here,” Sheshà went on to say. “When they return, each to
-his native city, the whole population will come forth to greet them.
-The victor belonging to each city, wearing his olive crown, will be
-placed in a chariot. Torch bearers will receive and run before him,
-and, when he approaches the wall of his native town, he will find
-that a breach has been made in it through which he will drive in
-triumph instead of entering at any one of its gates. In such honour
-do the citizens of Greece hold a victor in the Olympian
-Games.”</p>
-
-<p>“I expect Phidolas and Agis will drive in the same chariot
-when they get back to Athens?” suggested Diana. “Oh, won’t
-their father be pleased. I’m glad. He looked such a nice
-man.”</p>
-
-<p>“He <i>has</i> been pleased, you mean,” said Rachel, rather quietly.
-“It all happened long ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s so difficult to remember that,” murmured Diana.</p>
-
-<p>There was a little silence, and then Rachel exclaimed:</p>
-
-<p>“See, the people are going. Is this the end of the games?”</p>
-
-<p>“It is the end of the first day’s contests,” Sheshà replied.
-“There will be yet four days, but these will not be wholly occupied
-by the racing and wrestling and quoit-throwing. Poets will
-read their odes in praise of the victors. Plays by the greatest
-dramatists in Greece will be judged and acted, and musicians
-will play the music they have composed. Olympia does not
-exist solely for the body. It is for the spirit also. And
-some of the most famous plays in the world have been acted
-here.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, can’t we see them too?” begged the children. “Why
-need we go on into the Present at all?” added Diana. “The
-Past is so wonderful.”</p>
-
-<p>Sheshà smiled at her kindly. “The Present is wonderful
-too. It’s <i>all</i> wonderful. Come now, and you shall behold yet
-another wonder, for the people are going to the temple of Zeus,
-where the victors will worship and give thanks. We will follow
-them, and you shall have a glimpse of the statue which Phidias
-made in honour of Zeus, or to give him his other name&mdash;of Jupiter
-Olympius.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s called that because his temple is here at Olympia, I
-suppose?” Rachel said. “Agis told us something about Phidias.
-He made the statue of Minerva in the Parthenon, didn’t
-he?”</p>
-
-<p>“And the frieze of riding boys too,” put in Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes&mdash;he was the sculptor who adorned the Parthenon at
-Athens,” said Sheshà, as they followed the huge crowd that was
-moving towards the temple of Zeus. “But the citizens were
-ungrateful to him. Therefore he left Athens, and came to live here,
-near Olympia. And for the people of this part of Greece, he
-carved a statue even larger and more famous than that of
-Minerva in the Parthenon&mdash;the statue you are about to behold.”</p>
-
-<p>“Look! The doors are open now. They were shut when we
-saw the temple before,” cried Rachel.</p>
-
-<p>“Let us walk where we may gain a view through the gates,”
-Sheshà suggested. In another moment the children saw the
-interior of the temple.</p>
-
-<p>There, towering upwards to the height of sixty feet, they caught
-a glimpse of a majestic figure. It gleamed with the white ivory
-and flashed with the gold which crowned it, and for a second they
-saw a grand calm face looking down upon the olive-wreathed victors
-who bowed low before the shrine.</p>
-
-<p>“You behold the masterpiece of Phidias&mdash;the Seventh Wonder
-of the World,” murmured Sheshà. “Jupiter Olympius from his
-temple blesses the victors in the games he was the first to institute.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</span></p>
-
-<p>The voice of their guide sounded so faint and far away that the
-children scarcely caught the last words.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe55" id="i_169">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_169.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>But blending with them, uttered in fact almost at the same
-time, came a remark from Mr.
-Sheston.... “You see where
-the frieze, now on the walls of this
-Museum, really belongs? Phidias,
-the sculptor, in all probability, saw just such a procession at the
-Olympic Games, celebrated throughout the world, and even now
-not forgotten. Didn’t you ask me what the word <i>Olympia</i> meant?
-Now you know....”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, now we know,” said Rachel, slowly. She and Diana
-were still standing by the glass case containing the model of the
-Acropolis of Athens.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</span></p>
-
-<p>They both glanced quickly at Mr. Sheston, but his face was
-quite grave as he looked at his watch.</p>
-
-<p>“I think it’s time to go to my house for tea,” he said. “I
-expect you’re tired?”</p>
-
-<p>The children glanced at one another now, and smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“We <i>ought</i> to be&mdash;because we’ve been away about four days,
-really,” whispered Diana, lingering a moment after Mr. Sheston
-turned to go.</p>
-
-<p>“And yet I expect it wasn’t even four <i>minutes</i>!” was Rachel’s
-hurried answer.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>A week from the day on which the children had seen Athens,
-sat through the Olympic Games, returned to the British Museum
-and had tea with Mr. Sheston&mdash;they were both in Aunt Hester’s
-drawing-room.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel’s father and mother were also there, and the following
-morning she and Diana were to return with them to the Seven
-Gables.</p>
-
-<p>“Rachel looks in the seventh heaven of delight!” remarked
-Aunt Hester, glancing with a smile at her niece, who sat on the
-arm of her father’s chair.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s <i>another</i> ‘seven,’” Rachel whispered meaningly to
-Diana, when the grown-up people began to talk amongst themselves....</p>
-
-<p>“The Pyramids are amazing,” Rachel’s mother was saying,
-after she had been describing what they had seen in Egypt.
-“Weren’t they counted among the Wonders of the World? I’m
-not surprised.”</p>
-
-<p>“It was the first Great Pyramid that was one of the Seven
-Wonders, I think, wasn’t it?” Rachel’s father returned. “What
-were the others? I don’t believe anyone knows!”</p>
-
-<p>“We do!” exclaimed Rachel, suddenly. She really couldn’t
-help it.</p>
-
-<p>Her mother and father laughed, but looked surprised.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what are they?” asked both of them, speaking together.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s the Great Pyramid, and the Hanging Gardens at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</span>
-Babylon, and the Colossus at Rhodes&mdash;” began Rachel, very
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“And the Temple of Diana at Ephesus, and the Mausoleum
-at Halicarnassus, and the Pharos at Alexandria,” added Diana
-with equal speed.</p>
-
-<p>“And the statue of Jupiter Olympius.”</p>
-
-<p>The last one they said together, almost in the same breath.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s seven,” was Rachel’s last word.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I never!” exclaimed her father. He looked across at
-Aunt Hester and laughed again. “How on earth have they
-learnt all that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Sheston, I expect,” returned his sister. “He was always
-taking them to the British Museum.”</p>
-
-<p>At the mention of the old man’s name, Rachel’s father glanced
-quickly at his little daughter, who returned the look with a smile.</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Sheston is a wonderful old boy, isn’t he, Rachel?” he
-remarked quietly.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe68_75" id="i_171">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_171.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes!... And, Dad,” she began, moving even closer
-to him. “It’s lovely to be going home, but I’ve
-enjoyed it <i>awfully</i> here with Aunt Hester, and
-Diana, and&mdash;Mr. Sheston. And it would be
-dreadful never to come back again. I may&mdash;some
-time or other&mdash;mayn’t I?” she begged
-earnestly.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes!”
-cried Diana,
-with equal fervour.</p>
-
-<p>Rachel’s
-father put his
-arm round her.</p>
-
-<p>“Of course
-you may,” he
-said, “if your
-aunt will have
-you.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Of <i>course</i> I will,” returned Aunt Hester, looking gratified.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m glad you like Mr. Sheston,” observed Rachel’s father,
-smiling first at his little daughter, and then at Diana.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s give <i>seven</i> cheers!” exclaimed Diana. And both
-children laughed.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowe90_625" id="i_172">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_172.png" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class = "transnote">
-<h2>Transcriber’s Note</h2>
-<p>Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.</p>
-<p>Original publication date 1921</p>
-</div></div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RACHEL AND THE SEVEN WONDERS ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>